‘Monkeypox Begins – and Must be Resolved in – Endemic Countries’ 06/06/2022 Kerry Cullinan Dr Ibrahima Socé Fall, assistant general security for emergency response The first human case of monkeypox was recorded in 1970, yet the viral disease is only getting international attention since it has spread outside Africa to 27 non-endemic countries. The World Health Organization’s (WHO) Dr Ebrahima Socé Fall described monkeypox as a “neglected tropical disease” when he opened a two-day meeting called by the WHO’s R&D Blueprint to determine research priorities last Thursday. “We need to stop the chain of transmission and we believe at this stage we can still stop the chain of transmission in non-endemic countries by ensuring surveillance in certain population groups, cross investigation contact tracing, and maybe vaccination,” said Fall, WHO’s Assistant Director-General for Emergencies Response. However, WHO scientist Ana Maria Restrepo stressed at the meeting’s conclusion that the viral disease had to be addressed in the nine African countries where it is endemic. “The problem starts and has to be resolved at the level of the endemic countries,” said Restrepo, co-convenor of the R&D Blueprint that called the meeting, at the conclusion of the meeting. “There are researchers of high quality in these countries, and they are doing high-quality research despite the limitations, and our commitment is to support them.” Squirrel pox? The intention of the meeting – attended virtually by over 500 scientists – was to identify research priorities, and when it ended on Friday afternoon, the scientists had identified a long list of unknowns. One of the big questions is whether there is an “unknown animal reservoir” for monkeypox – with squirrels and rats being fingered as the most likely suspects. The Central African sun squirrel is particularly susceptible to monkeypox – and one researcher suggested the pox might have been more aptly named after it. “What was the first reservoir?” asked Dr Paul Fine of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. “We think monkey because of the name monkeypox, but there were studies in a number of other species and it was found in several of them, in particular squirrels, particular the sun squirrel of Central Africa. So one might ask if this name is appropriate. Is it just monkeypox or are there other species very importantly, involved as reservoirs?” SARS Co-V2 comes from bats, while monkeypox could come from rats. Professor Jean-Jaques Muyembe Tamfum, director of the DRC’s Institute de Recherche Biomedicale, said that the majority of monkeypox cases in his country were children infected by hunting and handling rodents and squirrels. Adults were exposed to the virus by hunting monkeys. “The virus enters the body through the broken skin, and spreads in the mucous membranes and eyes, nose and the rest,” said Tamfum. Complications of monkeypox include bacterial conjunctivitis and even blindness. Scientists also raised whether rodents could be infected by “spillover” from human waste. The meeting resolved that a “comprehensive One Health approach” was needed to understand animal-to-human transmission and animal reservoirs. A ‘One Health’ approach is neeed for monkeypox Mutations and drivers Genomic sequencing of the current strain of monkeypox spreading internationally shows that it has 47 mutations when compared to a 2018 sample. This is surprisingly high, and one hypothesis is that the monkeypox virus has been mutating in an unknown animal – or perhaps more than one animal behind the two different clades – the Central African clade with a mortality rate of around 10% and the West African clade with a 2-3% fatality rate. Aside from the international spread of monkeypox, there has also been a dramatic increase in cases in endemic countries especially DRC and Nigeria. Nigeria’s Professor Dimie Ogoina told the meeting that his country was also seeing an increase in cases in areas where it had not previously been seen. Scientists thus want to unpack what is driving the transmission, as monkeypox is not known to be particularly infectious. In the past, infected people only passed the virus on to about 8-15% of the people living in the same house. The European outbreaks appear to stem from sexual contact at two events – in Berlin and on the Canary Islands, according to news reports. This is not typically how it has been transmitted, and the meeting raised a number of questions about sexual transmission – particularly whether it can be transmitted via semen and vaginal fluid, not just through contact with the infected lesions. “Monkeypox manifests in rashes. Would a person still engage in sex with these rashes? We need to look at asymptomatic transmission,” said Ogoina. Tricky diagnosis In Nigeria, men are significantly more likely to get monkeypox than women, raising questions about what makes them more vulnerable. Ogoina, from Niger Delta University, also revealed that people coinfected with HIV and monkeypox had “bigger lesions” and were more likely to have genital lesions – although only five such patients were examined. “It is very important just to recognise that the vast majority of recent cases, especially in DRC, are suspected cases or their probable cases or possible cases, they’re not confirmed,” stressed Fine. Some of the symptoms of monkeypox are similar to those of syphilis and chicken pox, and the meeting identified the need for better diagnostics. “WHO, through our regional offices, is working with African countries, regional institutions, technical and financial partners, to increase the ability to support disease surveillance laboratory diagnostics, readiness and response actions related to monkeypox,” said WHO epidemiologist Maria van Kerkhove. “We have to acknowledge the fact that this virus has been circulating for decades, and we now have attention to this. This unfortunately is a sad reality of the world that we live in. But we need to use this as an opportunity to advance our understanding of this virus to help everyone everywhere dealing with monkeypox,” said Van Kerkhove. Implementing COVID lessons Professor Helen Rees Professor Helen Rees, who moderated the two-day meeting, said that COVID-19 had shown the need for rapid global responses to emerging health threats. Rees called for “partnerships, collaboration, strategies that get us into the field quickly, antivirals and vaccines”. “We’re also seeing this interface with One Health, with environmental degradation and climate change. All of these things are coming to the fore. Just to underline this is not a pandemic, this is an outbreak that we are scratching our heads about. But the fact that we should respond now and rapidly is really excellent,” added Rees, a renowned scientist from South Africa’s University of Witwatersrand. WHO scientist Ana Maria Restrepo concluded the meeting by stressing that it was important to practice what had been preached during COVID-19. “We talked very much about the new health architecture for response to pandemics, and the lessons learned,” said Restrepo. “We are convinced that showing a good response for this multi-country outbreak is our best example of how we are going to be prepared for the next pandemic. “If we do when we all preach, we work together if we collaborate, we use master protocols, if we engage the countries; the communities – if we learn those lessons, and if we put equity at the centre of the discussions, then yes we have learned our lessons and we are moving forward towards being better prepared,” said Restrepo. Ana Maria Restrepo Expedited studies The meeting concluded with experts calling for expedited studies to better understand the disease epidemiology, clinical consequences, and modes of transmission. While the smallpox vaccine offers over 80% against monkeypox, it is unclear whether this protection endures – and smallpox vaccination was discontinued in the 1970s. The experts emphasized the need for clinical studies of vaccines and therapeutics to better document their efficacy and understand how to use them in this and future outbreaks. The meeting also called for immediate implementation of public health activities including communicating prevention information, enhanced disease surveillance, contact tracing, isolation of cases and optimized care of people with the virus. Self-Care Practices Can Save Millions and Alleviate Pressure on Health Systems 06/06/2022 Aishwarya Tendolkar In a world where health workers are scarce, self-care practices can drastically improve people’s quality of life and alleviate strain on health systems, but depend on a range of factors including patient literacy, fair prices and government stewardship. This is according to a one-of-a-kind global study demonstrating the value of self-care that was launched on the sidelines of recent World Health Assembly in Geneva. The World Health Organization (WHO) defines self-care as “the ability of individuals, families, and communities to promote health, prevent disease, maintain health, and to cope with illness and disability with or without the support of a healthcare provider.” Current self-care activities around the world are generating annual savings of approximately $119 billion, along with saving 11 billion patient hours worldwide, according to the study. The study was produced by the Swiss-based Global Self-Care Federation (GSCF), which represents manufacturers and distributors of non-prescription medicines on all continents. Self-care cost-saving (source: Global Self-Care Federation report). Low-income countries lagging But the low-income countries are still lagging in implementing and reaping the benefits of self-care. “In low-income countries, about 65% of households that could not obtain essential health services had financial constraints,” said Dr Ritu Sadana, WHO Head of Ageing and Health Division of Universal Health Coverge (UHC), one of the panelists at the launch of the report. “This is more than triple the proportion of households who lack access to health services because they are just unavailable, which is 20%.” High-income countries are reaping the most benefits of self-care practices while the low-and middle-income countries are playing catch-up. With increased adoption of self-care, we will be seeing an additional $19.5 billion in annual cost savings related to the increased adoption of self-care by 2030, said Ben Carrick, Johnson and Johnson’s senior director of consumer policy. “If we think about the welfare benefits, it could be leading to an annual increase of $312 billion per year globally. These are significant benefits that are worth chasing and grasping,” Carrick told the launch. To estimate the true #ValueofSelfCare, we must first understand how it operates across different global contexts. Our 3 country groupings allow us to unlock such insights. 🌏 Read the report to learn the full scope of benefits that can be achieved:https://t.co/h5gTOOsgUl pic.twitter.com/ZMrINWpIax — The Global Self-Care Federation (@Selfcarefed_org) June 6, 2022 The study grouped 155 countries based on their GDP levels, and then gauged the self-care effects. In the high-income countries (Group A), self-care is already making an indispensable contribution to relieving the burden on healthcare systems. But it is in the low-and middle-income countries (Group B and C), where self-care can enable a person to work and not depend on welfare. “We don’t need more GDP; we need more welfare and this is also what this project is about, this is what self-care is about… to generate more welfare and not just be focused on figures and economic factors,” said Professor Uwe May, Dean of Studies at Fresenius University. He added that currently if people practised self-care instead of doing nothing about their health issues, 41 billion productive days can be gained on a global level. Self-care ‘only option’ in poor countries The study also found that health economic and pharmacoeconomic approaches deployed to assess the value of self-care cannot be transferred to lower-income regions where the infrastructure, socio-economic factors, and awareness is different. In addition, lack of access to over-the-counter (OTC) medicine and the prevalence of traditional medicines also has an impact on self-care options. In regions like sub-Saharan Africa and South East Asia, self-care is not an alternative care option, but is often “the only possible access to treatment for most individuals”, according to the report. In these countries, self-care does not translate into saving on doctors’ and specialists’ time. “This is where the welfare benefits are really the main opportunity because it isn’t saving physicians’ time and people don’t have access to the physicians,” said Carrick. “But if it means that they’re productive, they’re back at work and they’re able to look after families, then it’s those welfare and productivity benefits that really come into play.”. In Latin America and the Caribbean, the practice of self-care and the use of OTC products leads to current welfare savings of $123 per capita per year. The more the OTC use increases, the greater the individual and societal benefits can be realised through self-care, according to the study “We estimated that at least 142 million older persons, about 14% of older persons worldwide, are unable to meet some of their basic needs. So the issues around self-care for themselves or by their families or care providers is extremely important,” said Carrick. What do we need now? The report highlights the need for private-public partnerships, digital and healthcare literacy in people living in low-and middle-income countries (LMICs) and better parameters to gauge healthcare outcomes in a country. “We need strong stewardship by government, and to have really strong capacities in government institutions…so that they can lead and shape how we actually get things done with the private sector, with multiple sectors across the government and also obviously, civil society and self-care demands with the active participation of people,” said Sadana. “Health literacy is a fundamental catalyst for change to ensure individuals comprehend and act on credible health information, becoming active self-managers of their own health,” said Carrick. Experts at the launch also highlighted the need for pharmacies to be more involved in developing better policies, and for governments to spend more on ensuring that self-care is delivered through, not only OTC and literacy, but also nutrition, lifestyle, and affordable healthcare. Sadana said that in India, 70% of all healthcare costs are paid out of pocket, and 70% of that was on drugs. “If we’re going to have a system which encourages self-care, using products that are evidence-based and quality-controlled, we still need to have a way to ensure that those are covered [by the health system] if we actually want a vast swathe of the population to use them.” Image Credits: Tbel Abuseridze/ Unsplash. Pfizer’s Antiviral Drug May Have Potential as Long COVID Treatment 06/06/2022 Maayan Hoffman Pfizer’s Paxlovid, an oral antiviral approved by the US FDA in December, has shown 90% efficacy in preventing mortality among those who take it in the first few days of infection. Scientists and doctors are beginning to eye Paxlovid, the antiviral medicine developed by Pfizer to protect vulnerable people from severe disease, as a potential treatment for lingering COVID-19 symptoms after single patients report that the medicine has helped to reduce their symptoms. Long COVID affects as many as one in five people infected by the virus, according to a recent report by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The US Food and Drug Administration granted the drug emergency use authorization in December last year to prevent severe disease in high-risk patients. “We need to be studying antiviral therapy [for the treatment of long COVID] as soon as possible,” said HIV expert Dr Steven Deeks, a professor of medicine at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF). He told Health Policy Watch that single-patient case studies have helped drive HIV cure research and Deeks believes that the same could prove true for long COVID. In May, researchers from Deeks’ university published a report on the Research Square preprint platform of three vaccinated individuals in their 40s who developed long COVID. Two of them were treated with Paxlovid and reported that their symptoms substantially improved. “While single anecdotes must be interpreted with caution, these cases emphasize the urgent need for carefully designed studies to assess the impact of antiviral therapy beyond the acute window,” the researchers wrote in their report. Anti-viral therapy They added that the stories further suggest that antiviral therapy could “potentially impact the complex interplay between viral replication and the host immune response that likely underlies this syndrome but raise concern that brief early antiviral therapy alone may be insufficient to prevent the development of long COVID.” A similar report was published in April on Research Square of a patient who was infected with the virus in the summer of 2021 and suffered from severe fatigue, brain fog and body aches, among other symptoms, for months afterwards. The symptoms were so severe that she could no longer work. Six months later, she was reinfected with COVID-19. This time, her doctor prescribed a five-day course of Paxlovid. By day three she noted rapid improvement, not only in her acute symptoms resulting from reinfection, but in her long COVID symptoms. “Her acute flu-like symptoms had already begun to self-improve by day three, but she noticed rapid improvement of her pre-existing PASC [Post-Acute Sequelae of SARS-CoV-2] symptoms after taking the antivirals,” according to the report. “At seven months post-initial infection, her PASC symptoms had resolved, and she reported being back to her normal, pre-COVID health status and function including working fulltime and exercising rigorously.” These cases are not proof that Paxlovid caused the relief these patients experienced as there were other factors, but Deeks said they should be enough to encourage research into the matter. “These patient stories of people having lingering symptoms who go on Paxlovid for whatever reason and feel better, that strikes me as clearly not definitive, but clearly makes these things necessary to study right away,” Deeks said. However, there are only a couple of handfuls of clinical trials studying any treatments for long COVID, he said, and certainly no “rigorous assessment for Paxlovid or any other antiviral drug for long COVID.” To Deeks’ argument, in the HIV space, there has been much attention on individual cures and they “inspired the field,” he said, “they showed it could work.” Deeks spoke to Health Policy Watch ahead of a visit to Israel for the Medicine 2042 conference in Tel Aviv, where he is expected to be speaking about “Curing HIV. What’s next?” Long COVID is a ‘vague syndrome’ One of the challenges with researching the treatment of long COVID is that scientists are still unsure about what causes it. One theory is that long COVID may be the result of the virus persisting in part of the body at low levels that can cause local inflammation or clotting and contribute to excess morbidity. “The dogma is that SARS causes short-term infections and goes away very quickly,” Deeks said. “But data is emerging that, if you look in the right place, you can find evidence that the virus is there.” A recent study by the CDC showed that one in five people over the age of 18 (and one in four people over the age of 65) who recovered from COVID-19 experienced at least one symptom or condition that could be attributable to the virus. The study analyzed electronic health records of more than 60 million Americans between March 2020 and November 2021. The long COVID symptoms were diverse and affected multiple symptoms including the cardiovascular, pulmonary, hematologic, renal, endocrine, gastrointestinal, musculoskeletal and neurologic systems, and also included psychiatric signs and symptoms. Specifically, among those over 18, 38% of people experienced a condition compared with 16% of controls. People who recovered from COVID-19 were twice as likely to develop respiratory issues or pulmonary embolism than their virus-free counterparts. Deeks said that such studies need to be taken for what they are: retrospective analyses based not on scientific or consistent medical testing but on how people feel. “Long COVID is, right now, an extremely vague syndrome and that also makes it really hard for companies to invest in and regulatory bodies like the FDA to approve drugs to treat it,” he said. Deeks said people who get COVID sometimes report incidents that are unrelated to the virus but blame the virus anyway. For example, he said that he lost his hair very quickly when he was in his 20s. If Deeks had COVID then, he said that he is sure he would have blamed the virus. “It is hard to go back into these records and identify those individuals who have classic long COVID that we know is real. But the bad version of long COVID is not subtle. When you sit down in front of a person who six months ago was running marathons and now can barely leave the house that is long COVID,” Deeks said. “But that is not happening in 20% of the people who got COVID. My sense is that it is less than 5% with Delta. One of the most important questions on the table now is how common long COVID with Omicron is.” Another challenge to understanding long COVID, he added, is that the world does not have enough information emanating about it from the Global South. Most of the data is coming out of the United Kingdom, United States and Israel – countries with complex electronic health records that are easy to manage and that have more resources. Paxlovid reduced death by 81% in vaccinated patients over 65 Last week, a new observational, retrospective cohort study on Paxlovid was published on Research Square by a team of Israeli researchers that found that the antiviral drug works for people infected with the Omicron variant and individuals who have been vaccinated. “Our study demonstrated that [Paxlovid] therapy was associated with a 67% reduction in COVID-19 hospitalizations and an 81% reduction in COVID-19 mortality in patients 65 years and above, during the Omicron surge,” explained Dr Ronen Arbel, a researcher at Clalit Health Services and Sapir College. Arbel led the study that ran from January to March, when the Omicron variant was the dominant strain in Israel. The researchers examined the effectiveness of Paxlovid in preventing hospitalization and death from COVID-19 in patients over the age of 40 who had been identified as at high risk for COVID-19 complications. In Israel, the treatment was provided within days of diagnosis and administered for five days, per the Pfizer protocol. There were more than 100,000 participants who were eligible for Paxlovid therapy in the study. Of the 42,819 eligible patients aged 65 years and above, 2,504 were treated with Paxlovid. Fourteen of the treated patients versus 762 of the untreated patients were hospitalized and two treated patients died while 151 of the untreated patients died. “It was very important to us to understand if the drug also works for patients who were vaccinated or recovered,” Arbel told Health Policy Watch. “What we saw was very interesting. For people without prior immunity, we saw very similar results to the Pfizer trial – 86% reduction [in hospitalisation] while they had 89%. But the majority of real-world patients in most countries have some kind of immunity from recovery or vaccination. In these cases, we saw a 60% reduction in the older population.” Paxlovid contraindications Moreover, Paxlovid does have serious limitations. For starters, the drug can have contraindications with existing drugs, Arbel explained. “We had to have a physician involved to see what drugs each patient was already getting and if they could get Paxlovid,” he explained. “Sometimes there was a recommendation to stop a few drugs for the course of the Paxlovid treatment, but some drugs you cannot stop, and this was a challenge.” In addition, Paxlovid has uncomfortable side effects, including taste disturbance, diarrhea and vomiting. There is no long-term safety data on the drug nor any sign of what the results might be if taken for more than five days. The FDA in May rebuked statements made by Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla in an interview with Bloomberg in which he proposed that if some patients experienced a relapse of COVID-19 symptoms after the first round of Paxlovid they could take another round. “There is no evidence of benefit at this time for a longer course of treatment or repeating a treatment course of Paxlovid in patients with recurrent COVID-19 symptoms following completion of a treatment course,” Dr John Farley, director of the Office of Infectious Diseases, wrote. Finally, Deeks said one of the drawbacks of Paxlovid is that while it prevents the virus from spreading it does not kill infected cells, which may be necessary in the case of people suffering from long COVID. Vaccines offer partial protection against long COVID Many people have asked if vaccination could prevent long COVID and most recent research is showing that vaccination only offers partial protection against persistent symptoms, so relying solely on vaccination to prevent long COVID is not likely to be enough. A study published last month in Nature Medicine by researchers from Washington University in St Louis looked at 33,940 individuals who had been vaccinated and developed a breakthrough infection and 4,983,491 controls who had no record of a positive COVID-19 test between January 1 and October 31, 2021. The team found that being vaccinated reduced the risk of experiencing long COVID symptoms six months after diagnosis by only 15%. A new study by Washington University researchers showed that vaccination reduces the risk of long COVID by around 15%. However, when it came to some of the most severe long COVID symptoms – lung and blood-clotting disorders – the risks were reduced by 49% and 56%, according to the study. “You cannot rely totally on vaccines to protect you,” Deeks stressed. “As society opens up, how you manage your COVID risk behavior will depend on how much of a concern long COVID is.” But knowing whether or not Paxlovid may be an answer is likely a long time off. “We don’t have so many patients that received the drug,” Arbel said. “The drug was given only to a minority of patients, so its effects on long COVID would be very interesting to look at, but it will take some time to have meaningful evidence.” Image Credits: Pfizer , Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Bobbi-Jean MacKinnon, "Long COVID after breakthrough SARS-CoV-2 infection" in Nature Medicine. Climate Crisis Poses Serious Risk to Mental Health – WHO 03/06/2022 Raisa Santos Climate change poses serious risks to mental health and well-being, concluded a new World Health Organization policy brief, launched on Friday at the Stockholm+50 conference. Natural disasters such as floods, heatwaves, storms, and drought can pose a threat to mental health and psychosocial well-being, exacerbating emotional distress, anxiety, depression, grief, and suicidal behavior. WHO is therefore urging countries to include mental health and psychosocial support in their response to climate change. “The impacts of climate change are increasingly part of our daily lives, and there is very little dedicated mental health support available for people and communities dealing with climate-related hazards and long-term risk,” said Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Environment, Climate Change, and Health. #ClimateChange poses serious risks to #MentalHealth and well-being – from emotional distress to anxiety, depression, grief, and suicidal behavior: new WHO policy brief https://t.co/ogdEP9iIG6 pic.twitter.com/VRqrMqoixr — World Health Organization (WHO) (@WHO) June 3, 2022 The findings concur with a report made by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) published in February of this year, which revealed that half of the world’s populations live in climate ‘danger zones’ that place “people’s health, lives, and livelihoods” at risk, and this can also include people’s mental health. The two-day conference, hosted by the government of Sweden and convened by the United Nations General Assembly on 2 – 3 June, drew together thousands of participants across government, civil society, and the private sector in an effort to spur urgent action for a healthy planet. The meeting also commemorates 50 years since the 1972 UN Conference on the Human Environment, which made the environment a pressing issue for the first time. Climate change impact on mental health The mental health impacts of climate change are felt disproportionately around the world, with support services unequally distributed as well. While there are nearly 1 billion people living with mental health conditions, 3 out of 4 do not have access to needed services in low- and middle-income countries. A 2021 WHO survey found that out of 95 countries, only 9 have thus far included mental health and psychosocial support in their national health and climate change plans. Additionally, while the annual cost of common mental disorders is $1 trillion, only 2% of government health budgets are spent on mental health. These figures are all exacerbated by climate change. “The impact of climate change is compounding the already extremely challenging situation for mental health and health services globally,” said Devora Kestel, WHO Director of the Department of Mental Health and Substance Abuse. Examples of how climate change can impact mental health include the loss of personally important places, loss of autonomy and control, and exposure to pollution, which is associated with increased risk for mental health conditions. The new policy brief recommends five important approaches for governments to address the mental health impacts of climate change: Integrate climate considerations with mental health programs Integrate mental health support with climate action Build upon global commitments Development of community-based approaches to reduce vulnerabilities to climate change, and Close the funding gap for mental health and psychosocial support “By ramping up mental health and psychosocial support within disaster risk reduction and climate action, countries can do more to help protect those most at risk,” said Kestel. Image Credits: Clay Kaufmann/ Unsplash. Can the World Halt Rising Obesity? WHO Sets Out Its Plans and Countries Tell Stories of Success 03/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Health Ministers and Vice-Ministers (seated from left to right) Mexico, Seychelles, Philippines and Chile, expound on policy successes for obesity control Countries have failed miserably to halt rising obesity, despite goals set by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2018. Instead, obesity continues to rise apace. Now, however, a new WHO strategy for accelerating action against obesity, endorsed last week by the World Health Assembly, calls for much tougher policies on food packaging, pricing and marketing which have the potential to turn the tide. At a high-level side event on the margins of last week’s World Health Assembly (WHA), WHO officials outlined the plans and countries that have tested such policies told their stories, and how these experiences could point the way to success in the coming decade. Speakers included health ministers and deputy ministers from five countries, including Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Seychelles, and the Philippines, who elaborated on the policies that have been implemented in their countries as well as the challenges that they still face. One billion people living with obesity Some one billion people around the world live with obesity and almost five million deaths are associated with obesity every year, said Naoko Yamamoto, WHO’s Assistant Director of Healthy Populations. She was speaking at the Global Health Center event, co-sponsored by the governments of Mexico and Croatia. Croatia’s First Lady, Sanja Musić Milanović, has become an ardent champion of the issue in the European region. “No country is immune to its impact,” Yamamoto said. “But we know what we can do to stop this pandemic.” Naoko Yamamoto, WHO Assistant Director-General of Healthier Populations Whole-of-government approach needed Addressing obesity requires a “whole-of-government approach” said Francesco Branca, who leads WHO’s work on nutrition and obesity. That approach is implicit in the new “acceleration plan” endorsed in the final days of the 75th World Health Assembly. That plan aims to halt the worldwide rise in obesity by 2030 as part of reaching the Sustainable Development Target 3.4 which calls for slashing the non-communicable disease rates by one-third by that time. “Unless we talk about obesity, we will not reach SDG 3.4,” said Branca at the GHC event. But beyond that, “The cost of obesity is unbearable. We’re talking about $1 trillion every year, which is 13% of the global health expenditure, and 1-2.5% of GDP in different countries of the world.” The new WHA-endorsed “acceleration” plan targets key factors that drive obesity, including diets high in fats, sugars and processed foods; lack of physical activity; and cities that make it impossible to walk and cycle to work or even exercise. The aim is to encourage governments to move from the realm of traditional health measures that only target personal behaviour and have largely failed, to proven policies that tackle the obesogenic environment in which many people live today, Branca said. Higher taxes on unhealthy foods; consumer and school-based policies, as well as urban planning to enable active lifestyles are among the policies endorsed in the plan, specifically: Regulations on the harmful marketing of food and beverages to protect children; Fiscal and pricing policies to promote healthy diets and nutrition labelling policies; School-based nutrition (including initiatives to regulate the sales of products high in fats, sugars and salt in proximity of schools); Breastfeeding promotion, protection and support; Standards and regulations on active travel and physical activity in schools. The plan also calls for stronger integration of obesity prevention and treatment into primary health care services, particularly in low- and middle-income countries where many health clinics lack even the most basic diagnostic tools for checking blood sugar levels, weight or blood pressure. Finally, the plan calls on member states to draw up country-based road maps, bringing together stakeholders and advancing advocacy and communications. Dr Tedros urges the implementation of NCD policies after the adoption of a slew of measures to address NCDs at the WHA. ‘Complete failure’ to achieve zero obesity increase goal The goal of a zero increase in obesity was originally set in 2018 for attainment by 2025. But countries have failed miserably to halt current trends, leading to the adoption of a new timeline and strategy for reaching that goal, Branca said. “The prevalence of obesity is increasing in almost all age groups,” he declared, pointing to WHO projections showing that by 2025, obesity prevalence will have in fact increased by 1.7% among children ages 5-18 and 2.3% among adults. “That translates into about 167 million more people affected by obesity, but it also translates into a ‘complete failure’ to achieve those [2025] targets,” Branca said. “Maybe there will be some progress for children under five, but overall no progress. As a result, member states “requested WHO to do something about it, to indicate what actions can be taken to turn the tide of obesity. And so we’ve been building on two decades of work, and recommending that we need to adopt a whole-of-government, whole-of-society approach – and work across the life course”, he added. “Governments need to take the lead in a series of policies in multiple sectors, and civil society needs to call for that action and to hold accountable all of the actors, he said. To measure countries’ responses, the WHO will be monitoring and measuring “some very concrete policy targets such as increasing the number of countries who are establishing regulation on marketing, food and beverages for children”. Some of the measures that the WHO will be looking for are country campaigns on physical activity, and regulations on the marketing of sugary and ultra-processed foods and beverages to advance the guideline that sugar represents only 10% of food energy intake daily, added Branca. Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety. Countries tell their stories – from bike lanes to trade policies Perhaps the most powerful testimony, however, was that of the health ministers and deputy ministers themselves. In a panel discussion they outlined what had worked well – and measures they still need to advance more. The successes include measures taken in the Philippines to promote healthy foods in schools as well as more active transport, including more development of urban bike lanes, said Maria Rosario Vergeire, Undersecretary of Health. She recounts that some 23 million adults and 3.6 million children are obese in the island country of 115.5 million people. The government also has adopted front-of-package labeling to warn consumers of high salt and sugar labels. It is also phasing out the sale of industrially-produced transfats. WHO recommended transfats be outlawed in foods by 2023 due to mounting evidence of cardiovascular cancer risks. Peggy Vidot, the Seychelles Minister of Health, described how her country is using trade policies to shape healthier diets by increasing tax and customs incentives for importers of fresh foods and vegetables and fruit drinks without added sugar. It also banned sugary drinks in schools and is rolling out higher taxes on certain foods with a sugar content above certain levels. In parallel, the government subsidizes local farmers, as well as the fishing sector, “so that healthy food can be made available at a more affordable price”. Chile cuts sugar consumption by 10% in just three years Front-of-pack warning labels in Chile In Chile, which was a pioneer on front of package labeling, 80% of processed food products sold in markets now contain food warning labels, indicating the fat and sugar content, said Chile’s Minister of Health, Maria Begona Yarza Saez. “One of the concrete results of that is that 70% of adolescents take into account these labels at the moment that they have to make a choice about food,” she said, “and 98% of the general population understands the labelling that has been put into place.” The exposure of small children to the marketing of unhealthy products has been reduced by 40%, she added. These are some of the findings of research that was conducted in 2021, after just three years of having the policy in place. In addition, sugar consumption decreased by 10% and there was a 4.8% decline in global caloric intake. “These are only interim indicators. Long term studies are needed for better results,” she added, saying that “this is clearly not enough”. Chile aims to introduce “more structural policies” in the coming year, including taxes on unhealthy foods, with the tax revenues channeled back into supporting health services that support obesity and NCD prevention and control. Mexico – change requires political will In Mexico, the first soda tax was implemented in 2014, and within the first two years consumption of sugary drinks declined by an average of 7%, and more recently by as much as 12%, said Hugo Lopez-Gatell, Mexico’s Vice Minister of Health. “Now, we implemented a year and a half ago, front-of-package label warnings. It’s not confusing labeling, it’s warning. And credit to Chile because we got inspired by Chile’s experience,” said Lopez-Gatell. The Mexican government is working on other regulatory measures, including bylaws to promote people’s capacity to make informed decisions, as well as limits on what people actually can be offered in the market. A national law banning unhealthy foods to be sold in schools is also in the process of being drafted and approved. “We also had a soda industry and food industry sponsoring the rebuilding of schools,” he recalled. “No more of that, we are investing directly. In addition, the government is trying to promote better access to safe, clean water in schools, as 30% of which lack that basic sustenance that can be a free, healthy substitute to packaged sodas.” In addition, a 2019 law recognized “mobility” as a human right in the Mexican constitution which means that “now, as a Federal republic, we can supersede any limitation at the state at the municipal level … so that physical activity must be assured.” “We believe change is possible, but it requires political will. And the political will must be steady, sturdy and continue no matter what, thinking about health, children, our youths and our future,” added Lopez-Gatell. “We base our policies on the convictions that obesity and the full complex of NCDs are rooted in structural factors,” he added. He recalls that Mexico’s obesity epidemic actually began in the 1980s when structural reforms were imposed by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and other economic institutions in the Americas and around the world. But “when economic liberalization started, we were swamped” by multinational food companies eager to sell cheap processed food products in Mexico’s large, emerging economic market, just south of the US border. “So we were just flooded by trademarks,” he said, “and therefore policy and politics for many years in Mexico, until this current administration, were dependent on complicity with the CEOs and presidents of these companies.” He asserted that Mexico’s current president Andrés Manuel López Obrador has sought to change that balance of economic and political power” although it has not always been easy. “He has said it is crucial to separate economic power from political power because the political power that is elected by people should be devoted to protecting and promoting the public good. Laws need to be made in the interest of the people, and not interest groups.” Continue reading -> Image Credits: Health Ministry of Chile. After Many Missed Opportunities, Oral Health Gets Long Overdue Attention from WHO 03/06/2022 Ihsane Ben Yahya & Greg Chadwick Dental services, including regular check-ups, were among the most disrupted essential health services during the COVID-19 lockdowns. People´s reticence to visit a dentist during normal times was exacerbated by fear of venturing into an open clinic or simply not being able to, due to restrictions. Dental hesitancy has always been around but over two years into the pandemic, it´s now a lot worse. This hesitancy is also echoed at the policy level. Oral health has, until very recently, been considered the “ugly duckling” of global health efforts. The World Health Organization (WHO) has only ever passed a special resolution on oral health twice in its history: most recently, ironically, in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021. The new global oral health strategy, approved by governments at 75th WHO World Health Assembly last week is a step in the right direction, and it is long overdue. 📣The WHO global #OralHealth strategy has officially been approved and adopted at the #WHA75 👏 FDI commends the strategy and tells @WHO that we are ready to support the development of the subsequent action plan and monitoring framework by 2023 ➡️ https://t.co/mTPgDRSB24 pic.twitter.com/MYf1nFap8e — FDI World Dental Federation (@fdiworlddental) May 28, 2022 Oral health is essential for overall health It´s a perfect time to double down on just why responding to the global oral health epidemic is in our broader (health) interests. Getting people back into dental clinics and protecting their oral health is essential to safeguarding their overall health, well-being, and quality of life. All those factors that can make people vulnerable to chronic non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, chronic respiratory disease, and diabetes are equally risky for one´s oral health. High sugar consumption, harmful alcohol use and tobacco are just as bad for our bodies as they are for our mouths. The impact in pure numbers is alarming: there were some 3.5 billion cases of oral diseases and other oral conditions in 2017. For the last three decades, the combined global prevalence of dental caries (tooth decay), periodontal (gum) disease and tooth loss has stood at 45% – higher than any other NCD. Ignoring the problem makes no sense, financial or otherwise. Worldwide, oral diseases accounted in 2015 for $ 357 billion in direct costs and US$ 188 billion in indirect costs. In the same year, $96.2 billion was spent on the treatment of oral diseases across the European Union, the third-highest total among NCDs, behind diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. “Without good oral health, you’re not healthy,” former US Surgeon-General David Satcher once said, and he was right. The largely siloed approach to dealing with oral health makes no policy sense either, especially when we consider the evidence. Junk food and tooth decay We know that bacteria and inflammation associated with periodontal disease are linked to cardiovascular disease, rheumatoid arthritis, and adverse effects in pregnancy. We also know that people living with diabetes experience improved blood glucose levels if their periodontal (gum) disease is managed correctly. Knowing what we know about poor oral health – that it is preventable and if addressed can help improve our overall health – only begs the question as to why more is not being done to integrate it into other NCD programmes? The pending ban on television and online advertising of junk food in the UK before 9pm is a great example of encouraging better diet. So too is the campaign by UK footballer Marcus Rashford to promote healthier school lunches. But they are missed opportunities. With forethought, both interventions could have included some key messages for children and parents around the connection between a healthy diet and good oral health. Future campaigns could better highlight the need to prioritize oral health promotion in schools, communities and workplaces as well as ensure access to the millions of people who cannot afford the basics, such as fluoridated toothpaste. We need to globally re-think how we talk about and tackle oral diseases. In the vast majority of countries, even essential oral health services are not part of universal health coverage. Oral diseases are noncommunicable diseases and need to be treated as such. Advocates have long argued that investment in prevention produces strong economic returns and saves millions of lives. COVID-19 has reinforced the huge economic and human cost of not doing so: people living with chronic diseases like diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular were at much higher risk of becoming seriously ill, hospitalized, or dying from SARS‑CoV‑2. At the same time, the pandemic is just a microcosm of the bigger picture: our past failure to address oral disease in a substantive way and to view it as an NCD like any other. Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya is the President of the FDI World Dental Federation and professor at the Dental University in Casablanca, Morocco. Dr Greg Chadwick Dr Greg Chadwick is the President-elect of FDI World Dental Federation and Dean at East Carolina University, School of Dental Medicine, United States. Image Credits: Caroline LM/ Unsplash, FDI World Dental Federation. Shanghai Lockdown is Finally Relaxed But Stringent Testing Still Required 02/06/2022 Raisa Santos Shanghai eased its lockdown restrictions 1 June 2022, following continuous low cases reported. Sixty five days after one of the toughest lockdowns in the world, China has eased COVID-19 restrictions on its financial hub, Shanghai, on Wednesday – finally allowing the majority of its 25 million residents to move freely again. However, at least 890,000 residents are confined at home, in “quarantine” or “control zones”. The announcement to lift restrictions came as official figures showed on Sunday that daily new coronavirus cases fell from 170 to 122 in a 24-hour period. The city reported just 13 cases for Wednesday, and an additional 7 cases on Thursday. This is a marked turnaround from the beginning of April, when tens of thousands of cases were reported daily. “This is a day that we dreamed of for a very long time,” Shanghai government spokeswoman Yin Xin told the BBC. China to maintain ‘zero tolerance’ policy Shanghai residents will be required to hold a negative nucleic acid test result taken within 72 hours of entering public spaces or using public transportation from June But while China seems to have moved into the clear with COVID, the country is keen to maintain its “zero tolerance” policy, and is already preparing for future waves. Beijing municipal officials said Thursday that 12 of its planned 14 ‘transition hubs’ will be used to test and disinfect all imported frozen food before goods are distributed across the city. This follows China’s contention that frozen food could transmit COVID-19 in while the World Health Organization’s independent panel on the virus’s origins favour an unknown animal vector as the most likely cause, while others have pointed to laboratory accident for the spread of the coronavirus first found in bats in China. Tens of thousands of testing booths will also be set up across China’s largest cities, including Beijing, Shanghai, and technological hub Shenzhen, to require testing as often as every 48 hours. New rules in Shanghai will now require residents to show a green health code on their smartphone, with proof of a negative PCR test in the last 72 hours, to leave their residential compounds and enter most places, including banks, malls, and public transportation. However, cinemas, museums, and gyms remain closed, as well as in-person schooling. Restrictions on leaving the city still remain, with anyone traveling to another city facing a quarantine of seven to 14 days upon return. Beijing also lifted its restrictions earlier this week, following similar protocol with some of its public transportation system, malls, and other venues opening up. Shanghai testing centers tested by overcapacity and staff shortages Shanghai testing center Shanghai’s 72-hour rule has tested the capacity of its testing centers, as crowds flocked to the 15,000 stations. While some said their test took only a matter of minutes, others complained that they had to wait over an hour to test. Many testing booths are only open for about three hours each in the morning and afternoon, although some hospitals offer a 24-hour service. Shanghai resident Zhang Zehong told Sixth Tone that she was unable to test Wednesday as the station in her neighborhood closed two hours earlier than shown on the city’s health code app, which features all the testing centers. Instead, she went to a hospital with a 24-hour service Thursday morning, only to find no staff and a line that stretched on for over 100 meters. So many issues need to be fixed,” Zhang said. Chinese microblogging platform Weibo also featured complaints with the stations. “It’s been very hot recently, several people passed out when standing (in line),” one Weibo user wrote. “I visited five sites but each had long queues. This is not really humane enough. Don’t these mobile kiosks cause more people to gather?” another Weibo user wrote. Fifty-point plan to revive Shanghai economy A fifty-point plan has also been drawn up to support Shanghai’s economy, crippled in the wake of closures, quarantines, and lockdowns. New measures include reducing taxes for car buyers, speeding up the issuance of local government bonds, and fast-tracked approval of building projects. Drivers who also switch to an electric vehicle will also be able to claim a $1500 subsidy. Businesses may also be able to delay insurance and rent payments, with subsidies available for utility charges. Image Credits: Appriseug/Twitter , DA Trade Market Securities/Twitter , Don Weinland/Twitter. Eight Countries Compete to Host African Medicines Agency at Crucial African Union Meeting 02/06/2022 Paul Adepoju AMA headquarters host country is expected to be named at the end of an ongoing meeting in Addis Ababa A meeting to decide which African country will be the host country for the African Medicines Agency (AMA) is underway and at the last count, expressions of interest in hosting the agency have been received from Uganda, Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Rwanda, Tanzania, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. The decision is expected to be one of the outcomes at the ongoing first Ordinary session of the Conference of State Parties (CoSP) of the AMA, in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia from 1 to 3 June 2022. The CoSP is reviewing the AMA assessment report and at the end of their meeting, it will make recommendations on the host country of the AMA Headquarters. A final decision on this recommendation will be made at the next assembly of the African Union. Uganda is one of the countries vying to host the AMA Headquarters and the country’s delegation to the CoSP meeting is led by the country’s Minister of Health, Dr Jane Aceng, and Dr Diana Atwine, a Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Health. Zimbabwe’s team is a four-member delegation led by the country’s Health and Child Care deputy Minister, Dr John Mangwiro. Sierra Leone is also attending the session led by Minister of Health and Sanitation Dr Austin Demby. In his remark at the official launch of the Africa CDC’s Ministerial Executive Leadership Program (MELP), Dr John Nkengasong, Africa CDC’s outgoing Director General confirmed the CoSP’s outcome would play a critical role in deciding the future of the agency. “The launch of the AMA is really another landmark initiative of the African Union as part of the Agenda 63. I can’t wait to hear the outcome of the deliberations. It’s going to be transformational when the AMA and we are truly excited with that,” Nkengasong said. The three-day ministerial meeting will deliberate on the priorities and next steps to establish the AMA. From Geneva to Addis Ababa At last week’s World Health Assembly, Amref Health Africa’s Desta Lakew, on behalf of the African Medicines Agency Treaty Alliance (AMATA) described AMA as an initiative of the African Union aimed at strengthening the regulatory environment to guarantee access to quality, safe and efficacious medicines, medical products, and technologies on the continent. Countries that have signed the treaty, according to AMATA, are Algeria, Benin, Chad, Ghana, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Rwanda, Saharawi Arab Democratic Republic, Senegal, and Tunisia. But about four years after the AU Assembly adopted the AMA Treaty, Lakew noted that some Member States still haven’t given it the authority to fulfill its mandate. “The increased risk of disease outbreaks in the region and globally has made access to medical products a priority. Trade in locally produced medical products, including Personal Protective Equipment, across African countries will be hampered if we do not have a harmonized regulatory environment,” Lakew told WHA 75. At the CoSP meeting, the AU called on all member states to sign the Treaty to see improved regulation and easy flow of medical products and technologies, are expected to be reechoed. Lakew described the call as an urgent matter “for the sake of ensuring that there is equitable access to quality, safe, efficacious medicines and technologies for a healthy Africa”. Last month, Health Policy Watch reported Kenya was preparing to join the AMA alongside thirty-one other African Union member states following the Kenyan cabinet’s decision to approve the ratification of the African Union Treaty. See more about the African Medicines Agency on our special AMA Countdown page: African Medicines Agency Countdown Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Self-Care Practices Can Save Millions and Alleviate Pressure on Health Systems 06/06/2022 Aishwarya Tendolkar In a world where health workers are scarce, self-care practices can drastically improve people’s quality of life and alleviate strain on health systems, but depend on a range of factors including patient literacy, fair prices and government stewardship. This is according to a one-of-a-kind global study demonstrating the value of self-care that was launched on the sidelines of recent World Health Assembly in Geneva. The World Health Organization (WHO) defines self-care as “the ability of individuals, families, and communities to promote health, prevent disease, maintain health, and to cope with illness and disability with or without the support of a healthcare provider.” Current self-care activities around the world are generating annual savings of approximately $119 billion, along with saving 11 billion patient hours worldwide, according to the study. The study was produced by the Swiss-based Global Self-Care Federation (GSCF), which represents manufacturers and distributors of non-prescription medicines on all continents. Self-care cost-saving (source: Global Self-Care Federation report). Low-income countries lagging But the low-income countries are still lagging in implementing and reaping the benefits of self-care. “In low-income countries, about 65% of households that could not obtain essential health services had financial constraints,” said Dr Ritu Sadana, WHO Head of Ageing and Health Division of Universal Health Coverge (UHC), one of the panelists at the launch of the report. “This is more than triple the proportion of households who lack access to health services because they are just unavailable, which is 20%.” High-income countries are reaping the most benefits of self-care practices while the low-and middle-income countries are playing catch-up. With increased adoption of self-care, we will be seeing an additional $19.5 billion in annual cost savings related to the increased adoption of self-care by 2030, said Ben Carrick, Johnson and Johnson’s senior director of consumer policy. “If we think about the welfare benefits, it could be leading to an annual increase of $312 billion per year globally. These are significant benefits that are worth chasing and grasping,” Carrick told the launch. To estimate the true #ValueofSelfCare, we must first understand how it operates across different global contexts. Our 3 country groupings allow us to unlock such insights. 🌏 Read the report to learn the full scope of benefits that can be achieved:https://t.co/h5gTOOsgUl pic.twitter.com/ZMrINWpIax — The Global Self-Care Federation (@Selfcarefed_org) June 6, 2022 The study grouped 155 countries based on their GDP levels, and then gauged the self-care effects. In the high-income countries (Group A), self-care is already making an indispensable contribution to relieving the burden on healthcare systems. But it is in the low-and middle-income countries (Group B and C), where self-care can enable a person to work and not depend on welfare. “We don’t need more GDP; we need more welfare and this is also what this project is about, this is what self-care is about… to generate more welfare and not just be focused on figures and economic factors,” said Professor Uwe May, Dean of Studies at Fresenius University. He added that currently if people practised self-care instead of doing nothing about their health issues, 41 billion productive days can be gained on a global level. Self-care ‘only option’ in poor countries The study also found that health economic and pharmacoeconomic approaches deployed to assess the value of self-care cannot be transferred to lower-income regions where the infrastructure, socio-economic factors, and awareness is different. In addition, lack of access to over-the-counter (OTC) medicine and the prevalence of traditional medicines also has an impact on self-care options. In regions like sub-Saharan Africa and South East Asia, self-care is not an alternative care option, but is often “the only possible access to treatment for most individuals”, according to the report. In these countries, self-care does not translate into saving on doctors’ and specialists’ time. “This is where the welfare benefits are really the main opportunity because it isn’t saving physicians’ time and people don’t have access to the physicians,” said Carrick. “But if it means that they’re productive, they’re back at work and they’re able to look after families, then it’s those welfare and productivity benefits that really come into play.”. In Latin America and the Caribbean, the practice of self-care and the use of OTC products leads to current welfare savings of $123 per capita per year. The more the OTC use increases, the greater the individual and societal benefits can be realised through self-care, according to the study “We estimated that at least 142 million older persons, about 14% of older persons worldwide, are unable to meet some of their basic needs. So the issues around self-care for themselves or by their families or care providers is extremely important,” said Carrick. What do we need now? The report highlights the need for private-public partnerships, digital and healthcare literacy in people living in low-and middle-income countries (LMICs) and better parameters to gauge healthcare outcomes in a country. “We need strong stewardship by government, and to have really strong capacities in government institutions…so that they can lead and shape how we actually get things done with the private sector, with multiple sectors across the government and also obviously, civil society and self-care demands with the active participation of people,” said Sadana. “Health literacy is a fundamental catalyst for change to ensure individuals comprehend and act on credible health information, becoming active self-managers of their own health,” said Carrick. Experts at the launch also highlighted the need for pharmacies to be more involved in developing better policies, and for governments to spend more on ensuring that self-care is delivered through, not only OTC and literacy, but also nutrition, lifestyle, and affordable healthcare. Sadana said that in India, 70% of all healthcare costs are paid out of pocket, and 70% of that was on drugs. “If we’re going to have a system which encourages self-care, using products that are evidence-based and quality-controlled, we still need to have a way to ensure that those are covered [by the health system] if we actually want a vast swathe of the population to use them.” Image Credits: Tbel Abuseridze/ Unsplash. Pfizer’s Antiviral Drug May Have Potential as Long COVID Treatment 06/06/2022 Maayan Hoffman Pfizer’s Paxlovid, an oral antiviral approved by the US FDA in December, has shown 90% efficacy in preventing mortality among those who take it in the first few days of infection. Scientists and doctors are beginning to eye Paxlovid, the antiviral medicine developed by Pfizer to protect vulnerable people from severe disease, as a potential treatment for lingering COVID-19 symptoms after single patients report that the medicine has helped to reduce their symptoms. Long COVID affects as many as one in five people infected by the virus, according to a recent report by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The US Food and Drug Administration granted the drug emergency use authorization in December last year to prevent severe disease in high-risk patients. “We need to be studying antiviral therapy [for the treatment of long COVID] as soon as possible,” said HIV expert Dr Steven Deeks, a professor of medicine at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF). He told Health Policy Watch that single-patient case studies have helped drive HIV cure research and Deeks believes that the same could prove true for long COVID. In May, researchers from Deeks’ university published a report on the Research Square preprint platform of three vaccinated individuals in their 40s who developed long COVID. Two of them were treated with Paxlovid and reported that their symptoms substantially improved. “While single anecdotes must be interpreted with caution, these cases emphasize the urgent need for carefully designed studies to assess the impact of antiviral therapy beyond the acute window,” the researchers wrote in their report. Anti-viral therapy They added that the stories further suggest that antiviral therapy could “potentially impact the complex interplay between viral replication and the host immune response that likely underlies this syndrome but raise concern that brief early antiviral therapy alone may be insufficient to prevent the development of long COVID.” A similar report was published in April on Research Square of a patient who was infected with the virus in the summer of 2021 and suffered from severe fatigue, brain fog and body aches, among other symptoms, for months afterwards. The symptoms were so severe that she could no longer work. Six months later, she was reinfected with COVID-19. This time, her doctor prescribed a five-day course of Paxlovid. By day three she noted rapid improvement, not only in her acute symptoms resulting from reinfection, but in her long COVID symptoms. “Her acute flu-like symptoms had already begun to self-improve by day three, but she noticed rapid improvement of her pre-existing PASC [Post-Acute Sequelae of SARS-CoV-2] symptoms after taking the antivirals,” according to the report. “At seven months post-initial infection, her PASC symptoms had resolved, and she reported being back to her normal, pre-COVID health status and function including working fulltime and exercising rigorously.” These cases are not proof that Paxlovid caused the relief these patients experienced as there were other factors, but Deeks said they should be enough to encourage research into the matter. “These patient stories of people having lingering symptoms who go on Paxlovid for whatever reason and feel better, that strikes me as clearly not definitive, but clearly makes these things necessary to study right away,” Deeks said. However, there are only a couple of handfuls of clinical trials studying any treatments for long COVID, he said, and certainly no “rigorous assessment for Paxlovid or any other antiviral drug for long COVID.” To Deeks’ argument, in the HIV space, there has been much attention on individual cures and they “inspired the field,” he said, “they showed it could work.” Deeks spoke to Health Policy Watch ahead of a visit to Israel for the Medicine 2042 conference in Tel Aviv, where he is expected to be speaking about “Curing HIV. What’s next?” Long COVID is a ‘vague syndrome’ One of the challenges with researching the treatment of long COVID is that scientists are still unsure about what causes it. One theory is that long COVID may be the result of the virus persisting in part of the body at low levels that can cause local inflammation or clotting and contribute to excess morbidity. “The dogma is that SARS causes short-term infections and goes away very quickly,” Deeks said. “But data is emerging that, if you look in the right place, you can find evidence that the virus is there.” A recent study by the CDC showed that one in five people over the age of 18 (and one in four people over the age of 65) who recovered from COVID-19 experienced at least one symptom or condition that could be attributable to the virus. The study analyzed electronic health records of more than 60 million Americans between March 2020 and November 2021. The long COVID symptoms were diverse and affected multiple symptoms including the cardiovascular, pulmonary, hematologic, renal, endocrine, gastrointestinal, musculoskeletal and neurologic systems, and also included psychiatric signs and symptoms. Specifically, among those over 18, 38% of people experienced a condition compared with 16% of controls. People who recovered from COVID-19 were twice as likely to develop respiratory issues or pulmonary embolism than their virus-free counterparts. Deeks said that such studies need to be taken for what they are: retrospective analyses based not on scientific or consistent medical testing but on how people feel. “Long COVID is, right now, an extremely vague syndrome and that also makes it really hard for companies to invest in and regulatory bodies like the FDA to approve drugs to treat it,” he said. Deeks said people who get COVID sometimes report incidents that are unrelated to the virus but blame the virus anyway. For example, he said that he lost his hair very quickly when he was in his 20s. If Deeks had COVID then, he said that he is sure he would have blamed the virus. “It is hard to go back into these records and identify those individuals who have classic long COVID that we know is real. But the bad version of long COVID is not subtle. When you sit down in front of a person who six months ago was running marathons and now can barely leave the house that is long COVID,” Deeks said. “But that is not happening in 20% of the people who got COVID. My sense is that it is less than 5% with Delta. One of the most important questions on the table now is how common long COVID with Omicron is.” Another challenge to understanding long COVID, he added, is that the world does not have enough information emanating about it from the Global South. Most of the data is coming out of the United Kingdom, United States and Israel – countries with complex electronic health records that are easy to manage and that have more resources. Paxlovid reduced death by 81% in vaccinated patients over 65 Last week, a new observational, retrospective cohort study on Paxlovid was published on Research Square by a team of Israeli researchers that found that the antiviral drug works for people infected with the Omicron variant and individuals who have been vaccinated. “Our study demonstrated that [Paxlovid] therapy was associated with a 67% reduction in COVID-19 hospitalizations and an 81% reduction in COVID-19 mortality in patients 65 years and above, during the Omicron surge,” explained Dr Ronen Arbel, a researcher at Clalit Health Services and Sapir College. Arbel led the study that ran from January to March, when the Omicron variant was the dominant strain in Israel. The researchers examined the effectiveness of Paxlovid in preventing hospitalization and death from COVID-19 in patients over the age of 40 who had been identified as at high risk for COVID-19 complications. In Israel, the treatment was provided within days of diagnosis and administered for five days, per the Pfizer protocol. There were more than 100,000 participants who were eligible for Paxlovid therapy in the study. Of the 42,819 eligible patients aged 65 years and above, 2,504 were treated with Paxlovid. Fourteen of the treated patients versus 762 of the untreated patients were hospitalized and two treated patients died while 151 of the untreated patients died. “It was very important to us to understand if the drug also works for patients who were vaccinated or recovered,” Arbel told Health Policy Watch. “What we saw was very interesting. For people without prior immunity, we saw very similar results to the Pfizer trial – 86% reduction [in hospitalisation] while they had 89%. But the majority of real-world patients in most countries have some kind of immunity from recovery or vaccination. In these cases, we saw a 60% reduction in the older population.” Paxlovid contraindications Moreover, Paxlovid does have serious limitations. For starters, the drug can have contraindications with existing drugs, Arbel explained. “We had to have a physician involved to see what drugs each patient was already getting and if they could get Paxlovid,” he explained. “Sometimes there was a recommendation to stop a few drugs for the course of the Paxlovid treatment, but some drugs you cannot stop, and this was a challenge.” In addition, Paxlovid has uncomfortable side effects, including taste disturbance, diarrhea and vomiting. There is no long-term safety data on the drug nor any sign of what the results might be if taken for more than five days. The FDA in May rebuked statements made by Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla in an interview with Bloomberg in which he proposed that if some patients experienced a relapse of COVID-19 symptoms after the first round of Paxlovid they could take another round. “There is no evidence of benefit at this time for a longer course of treatment or repeating a treatment course of Paxlovid in patients with recurrent COVID-19 symptoms following completion of a treatment course,” Dr John Farley, director of the Office of Infectious Diseases, wrote. Finally, Deeks said one of the drawbacks of Paxlovid is that while it prevents the virus from spreading it does not kill infected cells, which may be necessary in the case of people suffering from long COVID. Vaccines offer partial protection against long COVID Many people have asked if vaccination could prevent long COVID and most recent research is showing that vaccination only offers partial protection against persistent symptoms, so relying solely on vaccination to prevent long COVID is not likely to be enough. A study published last month in Nature Medicine by researchers from Washington University in St Louis looked at 33,940 individuals who had been vaccinated and developed a breakthrough infection and 4,983,491 controls who had no record of a positive COVID-19 test between January 1 and October 31, 2021. The team found that being vaccinated reduced the risk of experiencing long COVID symptoms six months after diagnosis by only 15%. A new study by Washington University researchers showed that vaccination reduces the risk of long COVID by around 15%. However, when it came to some of the most severe long COVID symptoms – lung and blood-clotting disorders – the risks were reduced by 49% and 56%, according to the study. “You cannot rely totally on vaccines to protect you,” Deeks stressed. “As society opens up, how you manage your COVID risk behavior will depend on how much of a concern long COVID is.” But knowing whether or not Paxlovid may be an answer is likely a long time off. “We don’t have so many patients that received the drug,” Arbel said. “The drug was given only to a minority of patients, so its effects on long COVID would be very interesting to look at, but it will take some time to have meaningful evidence.” Image Credits: Pfizer , Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Bobbi-Jean MacKinnon, "Long COVID after breakthrough SARS-CoV-2 infection" in Nature Medicine. Climate Crisis Poses Serious Risk to Mental Health – WHO 03/06/2022 Raisa Santos Climate change poses serious risks to mental health and well-being, concluded a new World Health Organization policy brief, launched on Friday at the Stockholm+50 conference. Natural disasters such as floods, heatwaves, storms, and drought can pose a threat to mental health and psychosocial well-being, exacerbating emotional distress, anxiety, depression, grief, and suicidal behavior. WHO is therefore urging countries to include mental health and psychosocial support in their response to climate change. “The impacts of climate change are increasingly part of our daily lives, and there is very little dedicated mental health support available for people and communities dealing with climate-related hazards and long-term risk,” said Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Environment, Climate Change, and Health. #ClimateChange poses serious risks to #MentalHealth and well-being – from emotional distress to anxiety, depression, grief, and suicidal behavior: new WHO policy brief https://t.co/ogdEP9iIG6 pic.twitter.com/VRqrMqoixr — World Health Organization (WHO) (@WHO) June 3, 2022 The findings concur with a report made by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) published in February of this year, which revealed that half of the world’s populations live in climate ‘danger zones’ that place “people’s health, lives, and livelihoods” at risk, and this can also include people’s mental health. The two-day conference, hosted by the government of Sweden and convened by the United Nations General Assembly on 2 – 3 June, drew together thousands of participants across government, civil society, and the private sector in an effort to spur urgent action for a healthy planet. The meeting also commemorates 50 years since the 1972 UN Conference on the Human Environment, which made the environment a pressing issue for the first time. Climate change impact on mental health The mental health impacts of climate change are felt disproportionately around the world, with support services unequally distributed as well. While there are nearly 1 billion people living with mental health conditions, 3 out of 4 do not have access to needed services in low- and middle-income countries. A 2021 WHO survey found that out of 95 countries, only 9 have thus far included mental health and psychosocial support in their national health and climate change plans. Additionally, while the annual cost of common mental disorders is $1 trillion, only 2% of government health budgets are spent on mental health. These figures are all exacerbated by climate change. “The impact of climate change is compounding the already extremely challenging situation for mental health and health services globally,” said Devora Kestel, WHO Director of the Department of Mental Health and Substance Abuse. Examples of how climate change can impact mental health include the loss of personally important places, loss of autonomy and control, and exposure to pollution, which is associated with increased risk for mental health conditions. The new policy brief recommends five important approaches for governments to address the mental health impacts of climate change: Integrate climate considerations with mental health programs Integrate mental health support with climate action Build upon global commitments Development of community-based approaches to reduce vulnerabilities to climate change, and Close the funding gap for mental health and psychosocial support “By ramping up mental health and psychosocial support within disaster risk reduction and climate action, countries can do more to help protect those most at risk,” said Kestel. Image Credits: Clay Kaufmann/ Unsplash. Can the World Halt Rising Obesity? WHO Sets Out Its Plans and Countries Tell Stories of Success 03/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Health Ministers and Vice-Ministers (seated from left to right) Mexico, Seychelles, Philippines and Chile, expound on policy successes for obesity control Countries have failed miserably to halt rising obesity, despite goals set by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2018. Instead, obesity continues to rise apace. Now, however, a new WHO strategy for accelerating action against obesity, endorsed last week by the World Health Assembly, calls for much tougher policies on food packaging, pricing and marketing which have the potential to turn the tide. At a high-level side event on the margins of last week’s World Health Assembly (WHA), WHO officials outlined the plans and countries that have tested such policies told their stories, and how these experiences could point the way to success in the coming decade. Speakers included health ministers and deputy ministers from five countries, including Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Seychelles, and the Philippines, who elaborated on the policies that have been implemented in their countries as well as the challenges that they still face. One billion people living with obesity Some one billion people around the world live with obesity and almost five million deaths are associated with obesity every year, said Naoko Yamamoto, WHO’s Assistant Director of Healthy Populations. She was speaking at the Global Health Center event, co-sponsored by the governments of Mexico and Croatia. Croatia’s First Lady, Sanja Musić Milanović, has become an ardent champion of the issue in the European region. “No country is immune to its impact,” Yamamoto said. “But we know what we can do to stop this pandemic.” Naoko Yamamoto, WHO Assistant Director-General of Healthier Populations Whole-of-government approach needed Addressing obesity requires a “whole-of-government approach” said Francesco Branca, who leads WHO’s work on nutrition and obesity. That approach is implicit in the new “acceleration plan” endorsed in the final days of the 75th World Health Assembly. That plan aims to halt the worldwide rise in obesity by 2030 as part of reaching the Sustainable Development Target 3.4 which calls for slashing the non-communicable disease rates by one-third by that time. “Unless we talk about obesity, we will not reach SDG 3.4,” said Branca at the GHC event. But beyond that, “The cost of obesity is unbearable. We’re talking about $1 trillion every year, which is 13% of the global health expenditure, and 1-2.5% of GDP in different countries of the world.” The new WHA-endorsed “acceleration” plan targets key factors that drive obesity, including diets high in fats, sugars and processed foods; lack of physical activity; and cities that make it impossible to walk and cycle to work or even exercise. The aim is to encourage governments to move from the realm of traditional health measures that only target personal behaviour and have largely failed, to proven policies that tackle the obesogenic environment in which many people live today, Branca said. Higher taxes on unhealthy foods; consumer and school-based policies, as well as urban planning to enable active lifestyles are among the policies endorsed in the plan, specifically: Regulations on the harmful marketing of food and beverages to protect children; Fiscal and pricing policies to promote healthy diets and nutrition labelling policies; School-based nutrition (including initiatives to regulate the sales of products high in fats, sugars and salt in proximity of schools); Breastfeeding promotion, protection and support; Standards and regulations on active travel and physical activity in schools. The plan also calls for stronger integration of obesity prevention and treatment into primary health care services, particularly in low- and middle-income countries where many health clinics lack even the most basic diagnostic tools for checking blood sugar levels, weight or blood pressure. Finally, the plan calls on member states to draw up country-based road maps, bringing together stakeholders and advancing advocacy and communications. Dr Tedros urges the implementation of NCD policies after the adoption of a slew of measures to address NCDs at the WHA. ‘Complete failure’ to achieve zero obesity increase goal The goal of a zero increase in obesity was originally set in 2018 for attainment by 2025. But countries have failed miserably to halt current trends, leading to the adoption of a new timeline and strategy for reaching that goal, Branca said. “The prevalence of obesity is increasing in almost all age groups,” he declared, pointing to WHO projections showing that by 2025, obesity prevalence will have in fact increased by 1.7% among children ages 5-18 and 2.3% among adults. “That translates into about 167 million more people affected by obesity, but it also translates into a ‘complete failure’ to achieve those [2025] targets,” Branca said. “Maybe there will be some progress for children under five, but overall no progress. As a result, member states “requested WHO to do something about it, to indicate what actions can be taken to turn the tide of obesity. And so we’ve been building on two decades of work, and recommending that we need to adopt a whole-of-government, whole-of-society approach – and work across the life course”, he added. “Governments need to take the lead in a series of policies in multiple sectors, and civil society needs to call for that action and to hold accountable all of the actors, he said. To measure countries’ responses, the WHO will be monitoring and measuring “some very concrete policy targets such as increasing the number of countries who are establishing regulation on marketing, food and beverages for children”. Some of the measures that the WHO will be looking for are country campaigns on physical activity, and regulations on the marketing of sugary and ultra-processed foods and beverages to advance the guideline that sugar represents only 10% of food energy intake daily, added Branca. Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety. Countries tell their stories – from bike lanes to trade policies Perhaps the most powerful testimony, however, was that of the health ministers and deputy ministers themselves. In a panel discussion they outlined what had worked well – and measures they still need to advance more. The successes include measures taken in the Philippines to promote healthy foods in schools as well as more active transport, including more development of urban bike lanes, said Maria Rosario Vergeire, Undersecretary of Health. She recounts that some 23 million adults and 3.6 million children are obese in the island country of 115.5 million people. The government also has adopted front-of-package labeling to warn consumers of high salt and sugar labels. It is also phasing out the sale of industrially-produced transfats. WHO recommended transfats be outlawed in foods by 2023 due to mounting evidence of cardiovascular cancer risks. Peggy Vidot, the Seychelles Minister of Health, described how her country is using trade policies to shape healthier diets by increasing tax and customs incentives for importers of fresh foods and vegetables and fruit drinks without added sugar. It also banned sugary drinks in schools and is rolling out higher taxes on certain foods with a sugar content above certain levels. In parallel, the government subsidizes local farmers, as well as the fishing sector, “so that healthy food can be made available at a more affordable price”. Chile cuts sugar consumption by 10% in just three years Front-of-pack warning labels in Chile In Chile, which was a pioneer on front of package labeling, 80% of processed food products sold in markets now contain food warning labels, indicating the fat and sugar content, said Chile’s Minister of Health, Maria Begona Yarza Saez. “One of the concrete results of that is that 70% of adolescents take into account these labels at the moment that they have to make a choice about food,” she said, “and 98% of the general population understands the labelling that has been put into place.” The exposure of small children to the marketing of unhealthy products has been reduced by 40%, she added. These are some of the findings of research that was conducted in 2021, after just three years of having the policy in place. In addition, sugar consumption decreased by 10% and there was a 4.8% decline in global caloric intake. “These are only interim indicators. Long term studies are needed for better results,” she added, saying that “this is clearly not enough”. Chile aims to introduce “more structural policies” in the coming year, including taxes on unhealthy foods, with the tax revenues channeled back into supporting health services that support obesity and NCD prevention and control. Mexico – change requires political will In Mexico, the first soda tax was implemented in 2014, and within the first two years consumption of sugary drinks declined by an average of 7%, and more recently by as much as 12%, said Hugo Lopez-Gatell, Mexico’s Vice Minister of Health. “Now, we implemented a year and a half ago, front-of-package label warnings. It’s not confusing labeling, it’s warning. And credit to Chile because we got inspired by Chile’s experience,” said Lopez-Gatell. The Mexican government is working on other regulatory measures, including bylaws to promote people’s capacity to make informed decisions, as well as limits on what people actually can be offered in the market. A national law banning unhealthy foods to be sold in schools is also in the process of being drafted and approved. “We also had a soda industry and food industry sponsoring the rebuilding of schools,” he recalled. “No more of that, we are investing directly. In addition, the government is trying to promote better access to safe, clean water in schools, as 30% of which lack that basic sustenance that can be a free, healthy substitute to packaged sodas.” In addition, a 2019 law recognized “mobility” as a human right in the Mexican constitution which means that “now, as a Federal republic, we can supersede any limitation at the state at the municipal level … so that physical activity must be assured.” “We believe change is possible, but it requires political will. And the political will must be steady, sturdy and continue no matter what, thinking about health, children, our youths and our future,” added Lopez-Gatell. “We base our policies on the convictions that obesity and the full complex of NCDs are rooted in structural factors,” he added. He recalls that Mexico’s obesity epidemic actually began in the 1980s when structural reforms were imposed by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and other economic institutions in the Americas and around the world. But “when economic liberalization started, we were swamped” by multinational food companies eager to sell cheap processed food products in Mexico’s large, emerging economic market, just south of the US border. “So we were just flooded by trademarks,” he said, “and therefore policy and politics for many years in Mexico, until this current administration, were dependent on complicity with the CEOs and presidents of these companies.” He asserted that Mexico’s current president Andrés Manuel López Obrador has sought to change that balance of economic and political power” although it has not always been easy. “He has said it is crucial to separate economic power from political power because the political power that is elected by people should be devoted to protecting and promoting the public good. Laws need to be made in the interest of the people, and not interest groups.” Continue reading -> Image Credits: Health Ministry of Chile. After Many Missed Opportunities, Oral Health Gets Long Overdue Attention from WHO 03/06/2022 Ihsane Ben Yahya & Greg Chadwick Dental services, including regular check-ups, were among the most disrupted essential health services during the COVID-19 lockdowns. People´s reticence to visit a dentist during normal times was exacerbated by fear of venturing into an open clinic or simply not being able to, due to restrictions. Dental hesitancy has always been around but over two years into the pandemic, it´s now a lot worse. This hesitancy is also echoed at the policy level. Oral health has, until very recently, been considered the “ugly duckling” of global health efforts. The World Health Organization (WHO) has only ever passed a special resolution on oral health twice in its history: most recently, ironically, in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021. The new global oral health strategy, approved by governments at 75th WHO World Health Assembly last week is a step in the right direction, and it is long overdue. 📣The WHO global #OralHealth strategy has officially been approved and adopted at the #WHA75 👏 FDI commends the strategy and tells @WHO that we are ready to support the development of the subsequent action plan and monitoring framework by 2023 ➡️ https://t.co/mTPgDRSB24 pic.twitter.com/MYf1nFap8e — FDI World Dental Federation (@fdiworlddental) May 28, 2022 Oral health is essential for overall health It´s a perfect time to double down on just why responding to the global oral health epidemic is in our broader (health) interests. Getting people back into dental clinics and protecting their oral health is essential to safeguarding their overall health, well-being, and quality of life. All those factors that can make people vulnerable to chronic non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, chronic respiratory disease, and diabetes are equally risky for one´s oral health. High sugar consumption, harmful alcohol use and tobacco are just as bad for our bodies as they are for our mouths. The impact in pure numbers is alarming: there were some 3.5 billion cases of oral diseases and other oral conditions in 2017. For the last three decades, the combined global prevalence of dental caries (tooth decay), periodontal (gum) disease and tooth loss has stood at 45% – higher than any other NCD. Ignoring the problem makes no sense, financial or otherwise. Worldwide, oral diseases accounted in 2015 for $ 357 billion in direct costs and US$ 188 billion in indirect costs. In the same year, $96.2 billion was spent on the treatment of oral diseases across the European Union, the third-highest total among NCDs, behind diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. “Without good oral health, you’re not healthy,” former US Surgeon-General David Satcher once said, and he was right. The largely siloed approach to dealing with oral health makes no policy sense either, especially when we consider the evidence. Junk food and tooth decay We know that bacteria and inflammation associated with periodontal disease are linked to cardiovascular disease, rheumatoid arthritis, and adverse effects in pregnancy. We also know that people living with diabetes experience improved blood glucose levels if their periodontal (gum) disease is managed correctly. Knowing what we know about poor oral health – that it is preventable and if addressed can help improve our overall health – only begs the question as to why more is not being done to integrate it into other NCD programmes? The pending ban on television and online advertising of junk food in the UK before 9pm is a great example of encouraging better diet. So too is the campaign by UK footballer Marcus Rashford to promote healthier school lunches. But they are missed opportunities. With forethought, both interventions could have included some key messages for children and parents around the connection between a healthy diet and good oral health. Future campaigns could better highlight the need to prioritize oral health promotion in schools, communities and workplaces as well as ensure access to the millions of people who cannot afford the basics, such as fluoridated toothpaste. We need to globally re-think how we talk about and tackle oral diseases. In the vast majority of countries, even essential oral health services are not part of universal health coverage. Oral diseases are noncommunicable diseases and need to be treated as such. Advocates have long argued that investment in prevention produces strong economic returns and saves millions of lives. COVID-19 has reinforced the huge economic and human cost of not doing so: people living with chronic diseases like diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular were at much higher risk of becoming seriously ill, hospitalized, or dying from SARS‑CoV‑2. At the same time, the pandemic is just a microcosm of the bigger picture: our past failure to address oral disease in a substantive way and to view it as an NCD like any other. Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya is the President of the FDI World Dental Federation and professor at the Dental University in Casablanca, Morocco. Dr Greg Chadwick Dr Greg Chadwick is the President-elect of FDI World Dental Federation and Dean at East Carolina University, School of Dental Medicine, United States. Image Credits: Caroline LM/ Unsplash, FDI World Dental Federation. Shanghai Lockdown is Finally Relaxed But Stringent Testing Still Required 02/06/2022 Raisa Santos Shanghai eased its lockdown restrictions 1 June 2022, following continuous low cases reported. Sixty five days after one of the toughest lockdowns in the world, China has eased COVID-19 restrictions on its financial hub, Shanghai, on Wednesday – finally allowing the majority of its 25 million residents to move freely again. However, at least 890,000 residents are confined at home, in “quarantine” or “control zones”. The announcement to lift restrictions came as official figures showed on Sunday that daily new coronavirus cases fell from 170 to 122 in a 24-hour period. The city reported just 13 cases for Wednesday, and an additional 7 cases on Thursday. This is a marked turnaround from the beginning of April, when tens of thousands of cases were reported daily. “This is a day that we dreamed of for a very long time,” Shanghai government spokeswoman Yin Xin told the BBC. China to maintain ‘zero tolerance’ policy Shanghai residents will be required to hold a negative nucleic acid test result taken within 72 hours of entering public spaces or using public transportation from June But while China seems to have moved into the clear with COVID, the country is keen to maintain its “zero tolerance” policy, and is already preparing for future waves. Beijing municipal officials said Thursday that 12 of its planned 14 ‘transition hubs’ will be used to test and disinfect all imported frozen food before goods are distributed across the city. This follows China’s contention that frozen food could transmit COVID-19 in while the World Health Organization’s independent panel on the virus’s origins favour an unknown animal vector as the most likely cause, while others have pointed to laboratory accident for the spread of the coronavirus first found in bats in China. Tens of thousands of testing booths will also be set up across China’s largest cities, including Beijing, Shanghai, and technological hub Shenzhen, to require testing as often as every 48 hours. New rules in Shanghai will now require residents to show a green health code on their smartphone, with proof of a negative PCR test in the last 72 hours, to leave their residential compounds and enter most places, including banks, malls, and public transportation. However, cinemas, museums, and gyms remain closed, as well as in-person schooling. Restrictions on leaving the city still remain, with anyone traveling to another city facing a quarantine of seven to 14 days upon return. Beijing also lifted its restrictions earlier this week, following similar protocol with some of its public transportation system, malls, and other venues opening up. Shanghai testing centers tested by overcapacity and staff shortages Shanghai testing center Shanghai’s 72-hour rule has tested the capacity of its testing centers, as crowds flocked to the 15,000 stations. While some said their test took only a matter of minutes, others complained that they had to wait over an hour to test. Many testing booths are only open for about three hours each in the morning and afternoon, although some hospitals offer a 24-hour service. Shanghai resident Zhang Zehong told Sixth Tone that she was unable to test Wednesday as the station in her neighborhood closed two hours earlier than shown on the city’s health code app, which features all the testing centers. Instead, she went to a hospital with a 24-hour service Thursday morning, only to find no staff and a line that stretched on for over 100 meters. So many issues need to be fixed,” Zhang said. Chinese microblogging platform Weibo also featured complaints with the stations. “It’s been very hot recently, several people passed out when standing (in line),” one Weibo user wrote. “I visited five sites but each had long queues. This is not really humane enough. Don’t these mobile kiosks cause more people to gather?” another Weibo user wrote. Fifty-point plan to revive Shanghai economy A fifty-point plan has also been drawn up to support Shanghai’s economy, crippled in the wake of closures, quarantines, and lockdowns. New measures include reducing taxes for car buyers, speeding up the issuance of local government bonds, and fast-tracked approval of building projects. Drivers who also switch to an electric vehicle will also be able to claim a $1500 subsidy. Businesses may also be able to delay insurance and rent payments, with subsidies available for utility charges. Image Credits: Appriseug/Twitter , DA Trade Market Securities/Twitter , Don Weinland/Twitter. Eight Countries Compete to Host African Medicines Agency at Crucial African Union Meeting 02/06/2022 Paul Adepoju AMA headquarters host country is expected to be named at the end of an ongoing meeting in Addis Ababa A meeting to decide which African country will be the host country for the African Medicines Agency (AMA) is underway and at the last count, expressions of interest in hosting the agency have been received from Uganda, Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Rwanda, Tanzania, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. The decision is expected to be one of the outcomes at the ongoing first Ordinary session of the Conference of State Parties (CoSP) of the AMA, in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia from 1 to 3 June 2022. The CoSP is reviewing the AMA assessment report and at the end of their meeting, it will make recommendations on the host country of the AMA Headquarters. A final decision on this recommendation will be made at the next assembly of the African Union. Uganda is one of the countries vying to host the AMA Headquarters and the country’s delegation to the CoSP meeting is led by the country’s Minister of Health, Dr Jane Aceng, and Dr Diana Atwine, a Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Health. Zimbabwe’s team is a four-member delegation led by the country’s Health and Child Care deputy Minister, Dr John Mangwiro. Sierra Leone is also attending the session led by Minister of Health and Sanitation Dr Austin Demby. In his remark at the official launch of the Africa CDC’s Ministerial Executive Leadership Program (MELP), Dr John Nkengasong, Africa CDC’s outgoing Director General confirmed the CoSP’s outcome would play a critical role in deciding the future of the agency. “The launch of the AMA is really another landmark initiative of the African Union as part of the Agenda 63. I can’t wait to hear the outcome of the deliberations. It’s going to be transformational when the AMA and we are truly excited with that,” Nkengasong said. The three-day ministerial meeting will deliberate on the priorities and next steps to establish the AMA. From Geneva to Addis Ababa At last week’s World Health Assembly, Amref Health Africa’s Desta Lakew, on behalf of the African Medicines Agency Treaty Alliance (AMATA) described AMA as an initiative of the African Union aimed at strengthening the regulatory environment to guarantee access to quality, safe and efficacious medicines, medical products, and technologies on the continent. Countries that have signed the treaty, according to AMATA, are Algeria, Benin, Chad, Ghana, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Rwanda, Saharawi Arab Democratic Republic, Senegal, and Tunisia. But about four years after the AU Assembly adopted the AMA Treaty, Lakew noted that some Member States still haven’t given it the authority to fulfill its mandate. “The increased risk of disease outbreaks in the region and globally has made access to medical products a priority. Trade in locally produced medical products, including Personal Protective Equipment, across African countries will be hampered if we do not have a harmonized regulatory environment,” Lakew told WHA 75. At the CoSP meeting, the AU called on all member states to sign the Treaty to see improved regulation and easy flow of medical products and technologies, are expected to be reechoed. Lakew described the call as an urgent matter “for the sake of ensuring that there is equitable access to quality, safe, efficacious medicines and technologies for a healthy Africa”. Last month, Health Policy Watch reported Kenya was preparing to join the AMA alongside thirty-one other African Union member states following the Kenyan cabinet’s decision to approve the ratification of the African Union Treaty. See more about the African Medicines Agency on our special AMA Countdown page: African Medicines Agency Countdown Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Pfizer’s Antiviral Drug May Have Potential as Long COVID Treatment 06/06/2022 Maayan Hoffman Pfizer’s Paxlovid, an oral antiviral approved by the US FDA in December, has shown 90% efficacy in preventing mortality among those who take it in the first few days of infection. Scientists and doctors are beginning to eye Paxlovid, the antiviral medicine developed by Pfizer to protect vulnerable people from severe disease, as a potential treatment for lingering COVID-19 symptoms after single patients report that the medicine has helped to reduce their symptoms. Long COVID affects as many as one in five people infected by the virus, according to a recent report by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The US Food and Drug Administration granted the drug emergency use authorization in December last year to prevent severe disease in high-risk patients. “We need to be studying antiviral therapy [for the treatment of long COVID] as soon as possible,” said HIV expert Dr Steven Deeks, a professor of medicine at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF). He told Health Policy Watch that single-patient case studies have helped drive HIV cure research and Deeks believes that the same could prove true for long COVID. In May, researchers from Deeks’ university published a report on the Research Square preprint platform of three vaccinated individuals in their 40s who developed long COVID. Two of them were treated with Paxlovid and reported that their symptoms substantially improved. “While single anecdotes must be interpreted with caution, these cases emphasize the urgent need for carefully designed studies to assess the impact of antiviral therapy beyond the acute window,” the researchers wrote in their report. Anti-viral therapy They added that the stories further suggest that antiviral therapy could “potentially impact the complex interplay between viral replication and the host immune response that likely underlies this syndrome but raise concern that brief early antiviral therapy alone may be insufficient to prevent the development of long COVID.” A similar report was published in April on Research Square of a patient who was infected with the virus in the summer of 2021 and suffered from severe fatigue, brain fog and body aches, among other symptoms, for months afterwards. The symptoms were so severe that she could no longer work. Six months later, she was reinfected with COVID-19. This time, her doctor prescribed a five-day course of Paxlovid. By day three she noted rapid improvement, not only in her acute symptoms resulting from reinfection, but in her long COVID symptoms. “Her acute flu-like symptoms had already begun to self-improve by day three, but she noticed rapid improvement of her pre-existing PASC [Post-Acute Sequelae of SARS-CoV-2] symptoms after taking the antivirals,” according to the report. “At seven months post-initial infection, her PASC symptoms had resolved, and she reported being back to her normal, pre-COVID health status and function including working fulltime and exercising rigorously.” These cases are not proof that Paxlovid caused the relief these patients experienced as there were other factors, but Deeks said they should be enough to encourage research into the matter. “These patient stories of people having lingering symptoms who go on Paxlovid for whatever reason and feel better, that strikes me as clearly not definitive, but clearly makes these things necessary to study right away,” Deeks said. However, there are only a couple of handfuls of clinical trials studying any treatments for long COVID, he said, and certainly no “rigorous assessment for Paxlovid or any other antiviral drug for long COVID.” To Deeks’ argument, in the HIV space, there has been much attention on individual cures and they “inspired the field,” he said, “they showed it could work.” Deeks spoke to Health Policy Watch ahead of a visit to Israel for the Medicine 2042 conference in Tel Aviv, where he is expected to be speaking about “Curing HIV. What’s next?” Long COVID is a ‘vague syndrome’ One of the challenges with researching the treatment of long COVID is that scientists are still unsure about what causes it. One theory is that long COVID may be the result of the virus persisting in part of the body at low levels that can cause local inflammation or clotting and contribute to excess morbidity. “The dogma is that SARS causes short-term infections and goes away very quickly,” Deeks said. “But data is emerging that, if you look in the right place, you can find evidence that the virus is there.” A recent study by the CDC showed that one in five people over the age of 18 (and one in four people over the age of 65) who recovered from COVID-19 experienced at least one symptom or condition that could be attributable to the virus. The study analyzed electronic health records of more than 60 million Americans between March 2020 and November 2021. The long COVID symptoms were diverse and affected multiple symptoms including the cardiovascular, pulmonary, hematologic, renal, endocrine, gastrointestinal, musculoskeletal and neurologic systems, and also included psychiatric signs and symptoms. Specifically, among those over 18, 38% of people experienced a condition compared with 16% of controls. People who recovered from COVID-19 were twice as likely to develop respiratory issues or pulmonary embolism than their virus-free counterparts. Deeks said that such studies need to be taken for what they are: retrospective analyses based not on scientific or consistent medical testing but on how people feel. “Long COVID is, right now, an extremely vague syndrome and that also makes it really hard for companies to invest in and regulatory bodies like the FDA to approve drugs to treat it,” he said. Deeks said people who get COVID sometimes report incidents that are unrelated to the virus but blame the virus anyway. For example, he said that he lost his hair very quickly when he was in his 20s. If Deeks had COVID then, he said that he is sure he would have blamed the virus. “It is hard to go back into these records and identify those individuals who have classic long COVID that we know is real. But the bad version of long COVID is not subtle. When you sit down in front of a person who six months ago was running marathons and now can barely leave the house that is long COVID,” Deeks said. “But that is not happening in 20% of the people who got COVID. My sense is that it is less than 5% with Delta. One of the most important questions on the table now is how common long COVID with Omicron is.” Another challenge to understanding long COVID, he added, is that the world does not have enough information emanating about it from the Global South. Most of the data is coming out of the United Kingdom, United States and Israel – countries with complex electronic health records that are easy to manage and that have more resources. Paxlovid reduced death by 81% in vaccinated patients over 65 Last week, a new observational, retrospective cohort study on Paxlovid was published on Research Square by a team of Israeli researchers that found that the antiviral drug works for people infected with the Omicron variant and individuals who have been vaccinated. “Our study demonstrated that [Paxlovid] therapy was associated with a 67% reduction in COVID-19 hospitalizations and an 81% reduction in COVID-19 mortality in patients 65 years and above, during the Omicron surge,” explained Dr Ronen Arbel, a researcher at Clalit Health Services and Sapir College. Arbel led the study that ran from January to March, when the Omicron variant was the dominant strain in Israel. The researchers examined the effectiveness of Paxlovid in preventing hospitalization and death from COVID-19 in patients over the age of 40 who had been identified as at high risk for COVID-19 complications. In Israel, the treatment was provided within days of diagnosis and administered for five days, per the Pfizer protocol. There were more than 100,000 participants who were eligible for Paxlovid therapy in the study. Of the 42,819 eligible patients aged 65 years and above, 2,504 were treated with Paxlovid. Fourteen of the treated patients versus 762 of the untreated patients were hospitalized and two treated patients died while 151 of the untreated patients died. “It was very important to us to understand if the drug also works for patients who were vaccinated or recovered,” Arbel told Health Policy Watch. “What we saw was very interesting. For people without prior immunity, we saw very similar results to the Pfizer trial – 86% reduction [in hospitalisation] while they had 89%. But the majority of real-world patients in most countries have some kind of immunity from recovery or vaccination. In these cases, we saw a 60% reduction in the older population.” Paxlovid contraindications Moreover, Paxlovid does have serious limitations. For starters, the drug can have contraindications with existing drugs, Arbel explained. “We had to have a physician involved to see what drugs each patient was already getting and if they could get Paxlovid,” he explained. “Sometimes there was a recommendation to stop a few drugs for the course of the Paxlovid treatment, but some drugs you cannot stop, and this was a challenge.” In addition, Paxlovid has uncomfortable side effects, including taste disturbance, diarrhea and vomiting. There is no long-term safety data on the drug nor any sign of what the results might be if taken for more than five days. The FDA in May rebuked statements made by Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla in an interview with Bloomberg in which he proposed that if some patients experienced a relapse of COVID-19 symptoms after the first round of Paxlovid they could take another round. “There is no evidence of benefit at this time for a longer course of treatment or repeating a treatment course of Paxlovid in patients with recurrent COVID-19 symptoms following completion of a treatment course,” Dr John Farley, director of the Office of Infectious Diseases, wrote. Finally, Deeks said one of the drawbacks of Paxlovid is that while it prevents the virus from spreading it does not kill infected cells, which may be necessary in the case of people suffering from long COVID. Vaccines offer partial protection against long COVID Many people have asked if vaccination could prevent long COVID and most recent research is showing that vaccination only offers partial protection against persistent symptoms, so relying solely on vaccination to prevent long COVID is not likely to be enough. A study published last month in Nature Medicine by researchers from Washington University in St Louis looked at 33,940 individuals who had been vaccinated and developed a breakthrough infection and 4,983,491 controls who had no record of a positive COVID-19 test between January 1 and October 31, 2021. The team found that being vaccinated reduced the risk of experiencing long COVID symptoms six months after diagnosis by only 15%. A new study by Washington University researchers showed that vaccination reduces the risk of long COVID by around 15%. However, when it came to some of the most severe long COVID symptoms – lung and blood-clotting disorders – the risks were reduced by 49% and 56%, according to the study. “You cannot rely totally on vaccines to protect you,” Deeks stressed. “As society opens up, how you manage your COVID risk behavior will depend on how much of a concern long COVID is.” But knowing whether or not Paxlovid may be an answer is likely a long time off. “We don’t have so many patients that received the drug,” Arbel said. “The drug was given only to a minority of patients, so its effects on long COVID would be very interesting to look at, but it will take some time to have meaningful evidence.” Image Credits: Pfizer , Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Bobbi-Jean MacKinnon, "Long COVID after breakthrough SARS-CoV-2 infection" in Nature Medicine. Climate Crisis Poses Serious Risk to Mental Health – WHO 03/06/2022 Raisa Santos Climate change poses serious risks to mental health and well-being, concluded a new World Health Organization policy brief, launched on Friday at the Stockholm+50 conference. Natural disasters such as floods, heatwaves, storms, and drought can pose a threat to mental health and psychosocial well-being, exacerbating emotional distress, anxiety, depression, grief, and suicidal behavior. WHO is therefore urging countries to include mental health and psychosocial support in their response to climate change. “The impacts of climate change are increasingly part of our daily lives, and there is very little dedicated mental health support available for people and communities dealing with climate-related hazards and long-term risk,” said Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Environment, Climate Change, and Health. #ClimateChange poses serious risks to #MentalHealth and well-being – from emotional distress to anxiety, depression, grief, and suicidal behavior: new WHO policy brief https://t.co/ogdEP9iIG6 pic.twitter.com/VRqrMqoixr — World Health Organization (WHO) (@WHO) June 3, 2022 The findings concur with a report made by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) published in February of this year, which revealed that half of the world’s populations live in climate ‘danger zones’ that place “people’s health, lives, and livelihoods” at risk, and this can also include people’s mental health. The two-day conference, hosted by the government of Sweden and convened by the United Nations General Assembly on 2 – 3 June, drew together thousands of participants across government, civil society, and the private sector in an effort to spur urgent action for a healthy planet. The meeting also commemorates 50 years since the 1972 UN Conference on the Human Environment, which made the environment a pressing issue for the first time. Climate change impact on mental health The mental health impacts of climate change are felt disproportionately around the world, with support services unequally distributed as well. While there are nearly 1 billion people living with mental health conditions, 3 out of 4 do not have access to needed services in low- and middle-income countries. A 2021 WHO survey found that out of 95 countries, only 9 have thus far included mental health and psychosocial support in their national health and climate change plans. Additionally, while the annual cost of common mental disorders is $1 trillion, only 2% of government health budgets are spent on mental health. These figures are all exacerbated by climate change. “The impact of climate change is compounding the already extremely challenging situation for mental health and health services globally,” said Devora Kestel, WHO Director of the Department of Mental Health and Substance Abuse. Examples of how climate change can impact mental health include the loss of personally important places, loss of autonomy and control, and exposure to pollution, which is associated with increased risk for mental health conditions. The new policy brief recommends five important approaches for governments to address the mental health impacts of climate change: Integrate climate considerations with mental health programs Integrate mental health support with climate action Build upon global commitments Development of community-based approaches to reduce vulnerabilities to climate change, and Close the funding gap for mental health and psychosocial support “By ramping up mental health and psychosocial support within disaster risk reduction and climate action, countries can do more to help protect those most at risk,” said Kestel. Image Credits: Clay Kaufmann/ Unsplash. Can the World Halt Rising Obesity? WHO Sets Out Its Plans and Countries Tell Stories of Success 03/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Health Ministers and Vice-Ministers (seated from left to right) Mexico, Seychelles, Philippines and Chile, expound on policy successes for obesity control Countries have failed miserably to halt rising obesity, despite goals set by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2018. Instead, obesity continues to rise apace. Now, however, a new WHO strategy for accelerating action against obesity, endorsed last week by the World Health Assembly, calls for much tougher policies on food packaging, pricing and marketing which have the potential to turn the tide. At a high-level side event on the margins of last week’s World Health Assembly (WHA), WHO officials outlined the plans and countries that have tested such policies told their stories, and how these experiences could point the way to success in the coming decade. Speakers included health ministers and deputy ministers from five countries, including Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Seychelles, and the Philippines, who elaborated on the policies that have been implemented in their countries as well as the challenges that they still face. One billion people living with obesity Some one billion people around the world live with obesity and almost five million deaths are associated with obesity every year, said Naoko Yamamoto, WHO’s Assistant Director of Healthy Populations. She was speaking at the Global Health Center event, co-sponsored by the governments of Mexico and Croatia. Croatia’s First Lady, Sanja Musić Milanović, has become an ardent champion of the issue in the European region. “No country is immune to its impact,” Yamamoto said. “But we know what we can do to stop this pandemic.” Naoko Yamamoto, WHO Assistant Director-General of Healthier Populations Whole-of-government approach needed Addressing obesity requires a “whole-of-government approach” said Francesco Branca, who leads WHO’s work on nutrition and obesity. That approach is implicit in the new “acceleration plan” endorsed in the final days of the 75th World Health Assembly. That plan aims to halt the worldwide rise in obesity by 2030 as part of reaching the Sustainable Development Target 3.4 which calls for slashing the non-communicable disease rates by one-third by that time. “Unless we talk about obesity, we will not reach SDG 3.4,” said Branca at the GHC event. But beyond that, “The cost of obesity is unbearable. We’re talking about $1 trillion every year, which is 13% of the global health expenditure, and 1-2.5% of GDP in different countries of the world.” The new WHA-endorsed “acceleration” plan targets key factors that drive obesity, including diets high in fats, sugars and processed foods; lack of physical activity; and cities that make it impossible to walk and cycle to work or even exercise. The aim is to encourage governments to move from the realm of traditional health measures that only target personal behaviour and have largely failed, to proven policies that tackle the obesogenic environment in which many people live today, Branca said. Higher taxes on unhealthy foods; consumer and school-based policies, as well as urban planning to enable active lifestyles are among the policies endorsed in the plan, specifically: Regulations on the harmful marketing of food and beverages to protect children; Fiscal and pricing policies to promote healthy diets and nutrition labelling policies; School-based nutrition (including initiatives to regulate the sales of products high in fats, sugars and salt in proximity of schools); Breastfeeding promotion, protection and support; Standards and regulations on active travel and physical activity in schools. The plan also calls for stronger integration of obesity prevention and treatment into primary health care services, particularly in low- and middle-income countries where many health clinics lack even the most basic diagnostic tools for checking blood sugar levels, weight or blood pressure. Finally, the plan calls on member states to draw up country-based road maps, bringing together stakeholders and advancing advocacy and communications. Dr Tedros urges the implementation of NCD policies after the adoption of a slew of measures to address NCDs at the WHA. ‘Complete failure’ to achieve zero obesity increase goal The goal of a zero increase in obesity was originally set in 2018 for attainment by 2025. But countries have failed miserably to halt current trends, leading to the adoption of a new timeline and strategy for reaching that goal, Branca said. “The prevalence of obesity is increasing in almost all age groups,” he declared, pointing to WHO projections showing that by 2025, obesity prevalence will have in fact increased by 1.7% among children ages 5-18 and 2.3% among adults. “That translates into about 167 million more people affected by obesity, but it also translates into a ‘complete failure’ to achieve those [2025] targets,” Branca said. “Maybe there will be some progress for children under five, but overall no progress. As a result, member states “requested WHO to do something about it, to indicate what actions can be taken to turn the tide of obesity. And so we’ve been building on two decades of work, and recommending that we need to adopt a whole-of-government, whole-of-society approach – and work across the life course”, he added. “Governments need to take the lead in a series of policies in multiple sectors, and civil society needs to call for that action and to hold accountable all of the actors, he said. To measure countries’ responses, the WHO will be monitoring and measuring “some very concrete policy targets such as increasing the number of countries who are establishing regulation on marketing, food and beverages for children”. Some of the measures that the WHO will be looking for are country campaigns on physical activity, and regulations on the marketing of sugary and ultra-processed foods and beverages to advance the guideline that sugar represents only 10% of food energy intake daily, added Branca. Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety. Countries tell their stories – from bike lanes to trade policies Perhaps the most powerful testimony, however, was that of the health ministers and deputy ministers themselves. In a panel discussion they outlined what had worked well – and measures they still need to advance more. The successes include measures taken in the Philippines to promote healthy foods in schools as well as more active transport, including more development of urban bike lanes, said Maria Rosario Vergeire, Undersecretary of Health. She recounts that some 23 million adults and 3.6 million children are obese in the island country of 115.5 million people. The government also has adopted front-of-package labeling to warn consumers of high salt and sugar labels. It is also phasing out the sale of industrially-produced transfats. WHO recommended transfats be outlawed in foods by 2023 due to mounting evidence of cardiovascular cancer risks. Peggy Vidot, the Seychelles Minister of Health, described how her country is using trade policies to shape healthier diets by increasing tax and customs incentives for importers of fresh foods and vegetables and fruit drinks without added sugar. It also banned sugary drinks in schools and is rolling out higher taxes on certain foods with a sugar content above certain levels. In parallel, the government subsidizes local farmers, as well as the fishing sector, “so that healthy food can be made available at a more affordable price”. Chile cuts sugar consumption by 10% in just three years Front-of-pack warning labels in Chile In Chile, which was a pioneer on front of package labeling, 80% of processed food products sold in markets now contain food warning labels, indicating the fat and sugar content, said Chile’s Minister of Health, Maria Begona Yarza Saez. “One of the concrete results of that is that 70% of adolescents take into account these labels at the moment that they have to make a choice about food,” she said, “and 98% of the general population understands the labelling that has been put into place.” The exposure of small children to the marketing of unhealthy products has been reduced by 40%, she added. These are some of the findings of research that was conducted in 2021, after just three years of having the policy in place. In addition, sugar consumption decreased by 10% and there was a 4.8% decline in global caloric intake. “These are only interim indicators. Long term studies are needed for better results,” she added, saying that “this is clearly not enough”. Chile aims to introduce “more structural policies” in the coming year, including taxes on unhealthy foods, with the tax revenues channeled back into supporting health services that support obesity and NCD prevention and control. Mexico – change requires political will In Mexico, the first soda tax was implemented in 2014, and within the first two years consumption of sugary drinks declined by an average of 7%, and more recently by as much as 12%, said Hugo Lopez-Gatell, Mexico’s Vice Minister of Health. “Now, we implemented a year and a half ago, front-of-package label warnings. It’s not confusing labeling, it’s warning. And credit to Chile because we got inspired by Chile’s experience,” said Lopez-Gatell. The Mexican government is working on other regulatory measures, including bylaws to promote people’s capacity to make informed decisions, as well as limits on what people actually can be offered in the market. A national law banning unhealthy foods to be sold in schools is also in the process of being drafted and approved. “We also had a soda industry and food industry sponsoring the rebuilding of schools,” he recalled. “No more of that, we are investing directly. In addition, the government is trying to promote better access to safe, clean water in schools, as 30% of which lack that basic sustenance that can be a free, healthy substitute to packaged sodas.” In addition, a 2019 law recognized “mobility” as a human right in the Mexican constitution which means that “now, as a Federal republic, we can supersede any limitation at the state at the municipal level … so that physical activity must be assured.” “We believe change is possible, but it requires political will. And the political will must be steady, sturdy and continue no matter what, thinking about health, children, our youths and our future,” added Lopez-Gatell. “We base our policies on the convictions that obesity and the full complex of NCDs are rooted in structural factors,” he added. He recalls that Mexico’s obesity epidemic actually began in the 1980s when structural reforms were imposed by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and other economic institutions in the Americas and around the world. But “when economic liberalization started, we were swamped” by multinational food companies eager to sell cheap processed food products in Mexico’s large, emerging economic market, just south of the US border. “So we were just flooded by trademarks,” he said, “and therefore policy and politics for many years in Mexico, until this current administration, were dependent on complicity with the CEOs and presidents of these companies.” He asserted that Mexico’s current president Andrés Manuel López Obrador has sought to change that balance of economic and political power” although it has not always been easy. “He has said it is crucial to separate economic power from political power because the political power that is elected by people should be devoted to protecting and promoting the public good. Laws need to be made in the interest of the people, and not interest groups.” Continue reading -> Image Credits: Health Ministry of Chile. After Many Missed Opportunities, Oral Health Gets Long Overdue Attention from WHO 03/06/2022 Ihsane Ben Yahya & Greg Chadwick Dental services, including regular check-ups, were among the most disrupted essential health services during the COVID-19 lockdowns. People´s reticence to visit a dentist during normal times was exacerbated by fear of venturing into an open clinic or simply not being able to, due to restrictions. Dental hesitancy has always been around but over two years into the pandemic, it´s now a lot worse. This hesitancy is also echoed at the policy level. Oral health has, until very recently, been considered the “ugly duckling” of global health efforts. The World Health Organization (WHO) has only ever passed a special resolution on oral health twice in its history: most recently, ironically, in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021. The new global oral health strategy, approved by governments at 75th WHO World Health Assembly last week is a step in the right direction, and it is long overdue. 📣The WHO global #OralHealth strategy has officially been approved and adopted at the #WHA75 👏 FDI commends the strategy and tells @WHO that we are ready to support the development of the subsequent action plan and monitoring framework by 2023 ➡️ https://t.co/mTPgDRSB24 pic.twitter.com/MYf1nFap8e — FDI World Dental Federation (@fdiworlddental) May 28, 2022 Oral health is essential for overall health It´s a perfect time to double down on just why responding to the global oral health epidemic is in our broader (health) interests. Getting people back into dental clinics and protecting their oral health is essential to safeguarding their overall health, well-being, and quality of life. All those factors that can make people vulnerable to chronic non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, chronic respiratory disease, and diabetes are equally risky for one´s oral health. High sugar consumption, harmful alcohol use and tobacco are just as bad for our bodies as they are for our mouths. The impact in pure numbers is alarming: there were some 3.5 billion cases of oral diseases and other oral conditions in 2017. For the last three decades, the combined global prevalence of dental caries (tooth decay), periodontal (gum) disease and tooth loss has stood at 45% – higher than any other NCD. Ignoring the problem makes no sense, financial or otherwise. Worldwide, oral diseases accounted in 2015 for $ 357 billion in direct costs and US$ 188 billion in indirect costs. In the same year, $96.2 billion was spent on the treatment of oral diseases across the European Union, the third-highest total among NCDs, behind diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. “Without good oral health, you’re not healthy,” former US Surgeon-General David Satcher once said, and he was right. The largely siloed approach to dealing with oral health makes no policy sense either, especially when we consider the evidence. Junk food and tooth decay We know that bacteria and inflammation associated with periodontal disease are linked to cardiovascular disease, rheumatoid arthritis, and adverse effects in pregnancy. We also know that people living with diabetes experience improved blood glucose levels if their periodontal (gum) disease is managed correctly. Knowing what we know about poor oral health – that it is preventable and if addressed can help improve our overall health – only begs the question as to why more is not being done to integrate it into other NCD programmes? The pending ban on television and online advertising of junk food in the UK before 9pm is a great example of encouraging better diet. So too is the campaign by UK footballer Marcus Rashford to promote healthier school lunches. But they are missed opportunities. With forethought, both interventions could have included some key messages for children and parents around the connection between a healthy diet and good oral health. Future campaigns could better highlight the need to prioritize oral health promotion in schools, communities and workplaces as well as ensure access to the millions of people who cannot afford the basics, such as fluoridated toothpaste. We need to globally re-think how we talk about and tackle oral diseases. In the vast majority of countries, even essential oral health services are not part of universal health coverage. Oral diseases are noncommunicable diseases and need to be treated as such. Advocates have long argued that investment in prevention produces strong economic returns and saves millions of lives. COVID-19 has reinforced the huge economic and human cost of not doing so: people living with chronic diseases like diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular were at much higher risk of becoming seriously ill, hospitalized, or dying from SARS‑CoV‑2. At the same time, the pandemic is just a microcosm of the bigger picture: our past failure to address oral disease in a substantive way and to view it as an NCD like any other. Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya is the President of the FDI World Dental Federation and professor at the Dental University in Casablanca, Morocco. Dr Greg Chadwick Dr Greg Chadwick is the President-elect of FDI World Dental Federation and Dean at East Carolina University, School of Dental Medicine, United States. Image Credits: Caroline LM/ Unsplash, FDI World Dental Federation. Shanghai Lockdown is Finally Relaxed But Stringent Testing Still Required 02/06/2022 Raisa Santos Shanghai eased its lockdown restrictions 1 June 2022, following continuous low cases reported. Sixty five days after one of the toughest lockdowns in the world, China has eased COVID-19 restrictions on its financial hub, Shanghai, on Wednesday – finally allowing the majority of its 25 million residents to move freely again. However, at least 890,000 residents are confined at home, in “quarantine” or “control zones”. The announcement to lift restrictions came as official figures showed on Sunday that daily new coronavirus cases fell from 170 to 122 in a 24-hour period. The city reported just 13 cases for Wednesday, and an additional 7 cases on Thursday. This is a marked turnaround from the beginning of April, when tens of thousands of cases were reported daily. “This is a day that we dreamed of for a very long time,” Shanghai government spokeswoman Yin Xin told the BBC. China to maintain ‘zero tolerance’ policy Shanghai residents will be required to hold a negative nucleic acid test result taken within 72 hours of entering public spaces or using public transportation from June But while China seems to have moved into the clear with COVID, the country is keen to maintain its “zero tolerance” policy, and is already preparing for future waves. Beijing municipal officials said Thursday that 12 of its planned 14 ‘transition hubs’ will be used to test and disinfect all imported frozen food before goods are distributed across the city. This follows China’s contention that frozen food could transmit COVID-19 in while the World Health Organization’s independent panel on the virus’s origins favour an unknown animal vector as the most likely cause, while others have pointed to laboratory accident for the spread of the coronavirus first found in bats in China. Tens of thousands of testing booths will also be set up across China’s largest cities, including Beijing, Shanghai, and technological hub Shenzhen, to require testing as often as every 48 hours. New rules in Shanghai will now require residents to show a green health code on their smartphone, with proof of a negative PCR test in the last 72 hours, to leave their residential compounds and enter most places, including banks, malls, and public transportation. However, cinemas, museums, and gyms remain closed, as well as in-person schooling. Restrictions on leaving the city still remain, with anyone traveling to another city facing a quarantine of seven to 14 days upon return. Beijing also lifted its restrictions earlier this week, following similar protocol with some of its public transportation system, malls, and other venues opening up. Shanghai testing centers tested by overcapacity and staff shortages Shanghai testing center Shanghai’s 72-hour rule has tested the capacity of its testing centers, as crowds flocked to the 15,000 stations. While some said their test took only a matter of minutes, others complained that they had to wait over an hour to test. Many testing booths are only open for about three hours each in the morning and afternoon, although some hospitals offer a 24-hour service. Shanghai resident Zhang Zehong told Sixth Tone that she was unable to test Wednesday as the station in her neighborhood closed two hours earlier than shown on the city’s health code app, which features all the testing centers. Instead, she went to a hospital with a 24-hour service Thursday morning, only to find no staff and a line that stretched on for over 100 meters. So many issues need to be fixed,” Zhang said. Chinese microblogging platform Weibo also featured complaints with the stations. “It’s been very hot recently, several people passed out when standing (in line),” one Weibo user wrote. “I visited five sites but each had long queues. This is not really humane enough. Don’t these mobile kiosks cause more people to gather?” another Weibo user wrote. Fifty-point plan to revive Shanghai economy A fifty-point plan has also been drawn up to support Shanghai’s economy, crippled in the wake of closures, quarantines, and lockdowns. New measures include reducing taxes for car buyers, speeding up the issuance of local government bonds, and fast-tracked approval of building projects. Drivers who also switch to an electric vehicle will also be able to claim a $1500 subsidy. Businesses may also be able to delay insurance and rent payments, with subsidies available for utility charges. Image Credits: Appriseug/Twitter , DA Trade Market Securities/Twitter , Don Weinland/Twitter. Eight Countries Compete to Host African Medicines Agency at Crucial African Union Meeting 02/06/2022 Paul Adepoju AMA headquarters host country is expected to be named at the end of an ongoing meeting in Addis Ababa A meeting to decide which African country will be the host country for the African Medicines Agency (AMA) is underway and at the last count, expressions of interest in hosting the agency have been received from Uganda, Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Rwanda, Tanzania, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. The decision is expected to be one of the outcomes at the ongoing first Ordinary session of the Conference of State Parties (CoSP) of the AMA, in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia from 1 to 3 June 2022. The CoSP is reviewing the AMA assessment report and at the end of their meeting, it will make recommendations on the host country of the AMA Headquarters. A final decision on this recommendation will be made at the next assembly of the African Union. Uganda is one of the countries vying to host the AMA Headquarters and the country’s delegation to the CoSP meeting is led by the country’s Minister of Health, Dr Jane Aceng, and Dr Diana Atwine, a Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Health. Zimbabwe’s team is a four-member delegation led by the country’s Health and Child Care deputy Minister, Dr John Mangwiro. Sierra Leone is also attending the session led by Minister of Health and Sanitation Dr Austin Demby. In his remark at the official launch of the Africa CDC’s Ministerial Executive Leadership Program (MELP), Dr John Nkengasong, Africa CDC’s outgoing Director General confirmed the CoSP’s outcome would play a critical role in deciding the future of the agency. “The launch of the AMA is really another landmark initiative of the African Union as part of the Agenda 63. I can’t wait to hear the outcome of the deliberations. It’s going to be transformational when the AMA and we are truly excited with that,” Nkengasong said. The three-day ministerial meeting will deliberate on the priorities and next steps to establish the AMA. From Geneva to Addis Ababa At last week’s World Health Assembly, Amref Health Africa’s Desta Lakew, on behalf of the African Medicines Agency Treaty Alliance (AMATA) described AMA as an initiative of the African Union aimed at strengthening the regulatory environment to guarantee access to quality, safe and efficacious medicines, medical products, and technologies on the continent. Countries that have signed the treaty, according to AMATA, are Algeria, Benin, Chad, Ghana, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Rwanda, Saharawi Arab Democratic Republic, Senegal, and Tunisia. But about four years after the AU Assembly adopted the AMA Treaty, Lakew noted that some Member States still haven’t given it the authority to fulfill its mandate. “The increased risk of disease outbreaks in the region and globally has made access to medical products a priority. Trade in locally produced medical products, including Personal Protective Equipment, across African countries will be hampered if we do not have a harmonized regulatory environment,” Lakew told WHA 75. At the CoSP meeting, the AU called on all member states to sign the Treaty to see improved regulation and easy flow of medical products and technologies, are expected to be reechoed. Lakew described the call as an urgent matter “for the sake of ensuring that there is equitable access to quality, safe, efficacious medicines and technologies for a healthy Africa”. Last month, Health Policy Watch reported Kenya was preparing to join the AMA alongside thirty-one other African Union member states following the Kenyan cabinet’s decision to approve the ratification of the African Union Treaty. See more about the African Medicines Agency on our special AMA Countdown page: African Medicines Agency Countdown Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Climate Crisis Poses Serious Risk to Mental Health – WHO 03/06/2022 Raisa Santos Climate change poses serious risks to mental health and well-being, concluded a new World Health Organization policy brief, launched on Friday at the Stockholm+50 conference. Natural disasters such as floods, heatwaves, storms, and drought can pose a threat to mental health and psychosocial well-being, exacerbating emotional distress, anxiety, depression, grief, and suicidal behavior. WHO is therefore urging countries to include mental health and psychosocial support in their response to climate change. “The impacts of climate change are increasingly part of our daily lives, and there is very little dedicated mental health support available for people and communities dealing with climate-related hazards and long-term risk,” said Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Environment, Climate Change, and Health. #ClimateChange poses serious risks to #MentalHealth and well-being – from emotional distress to anxiety, depression, grief, and suicidal behavior: new WHO policy brief https://t.co/ogdEP9iIG6 pic.twitter.com/VRqrMqoixr — World Health Organization (WHO) (@WHO) June 3, 2022 The findings concur with a report made by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) published in February of this year, which revealed that half of the world’s populations live in climate ‘danger zones’ that place “people’s health, lives, and livelihoods” at risk, and this can also include people’s mental health. The two-day conference, hosted by the government of Sweden and convened by the United Nations General Assembly on 2 – 3 June, drew together thousands of participants across government, civil society, and the private sector in an effort to spur urgent action for a healthy planet. The meeting also commemorates 50 years since the 1972 UN Conference on the Human Environment, which made the environment a pressing issue for the first time. Climate change impact on mental health The mental health impacts of climate change are felt disproportionately around the world, with support services unequally distributed as well. While there are nearly 1 billion people living with mental health conditions, 3 out of 4 do not have access to needed services in low- and middle-income countries. A 2021 WHO survey found that out of 95 countries, only 9 have thus far included mental health and psychosocial support in their national health and climate change plans. Additionally, while the annual cost of common mental disorders is $1 trillion, only 2% of government health budgets are spent on mental health. These figures are all exacerbated by climate change. “The impact of climate change is compounding the already extremely challenging situation for mental health and health services globally,” said Devora Kestel, WHO Director of the Department of Mental Health and Substance Abuse. Examples of how climate change can impact mental health include the loss of personally important places, loss of autonomy and control, and exposure to pollution, which is associated with increased risk for mental health conditions. The new policy brief recommends five important approaches for governments to address the mental health impacts of climate change: Integrate climate considerations with mental health programs Integrate mental health support with climate action Build upon global commitments Development of community-based approaches to reduce vulnerabilities to climate change, and Close the funding gap for mental health and psychosocial support “By ramping up mental health and psychosocial support within disaster risk reduction and climate action, countries can do more to help protect those most at risk,” said Kestel. Image Credits: Clay Kaufmann/ Unsplash. Can the World Halt Rising Obesity? WHO Sets Out Its Plans and Countries Tell Stories of Success 03/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Health Ministers and Vice-Ministers (seated from left to right) Mexico, Seychelles, Philippines and Chile, expound on policy successes for obesity control Countries have failed miserably to halt rising obesity, despite goals set by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2018. Instead, obesity continues to rise apace. Now, however, a new WHO strategy for accelerating action against obesity, endorsed last week by the World Health Assembly, calls for much tougher policies on food packaging, pricing and marketing which have the potential to turn the tide. At a high-level side event on the margins of last week’s World Health Assembly (WHA), WHO officials outlined the plans and countries that have tested such policies told their stories, and how these experiences could point the way to success in the coming decade. Speakers included health ministers and deputy ministers from five countries, including Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Seychelles, and the Philippines, who elaborated on the policies that have been implemented in their countries as well as the challenges that they still face. One billion people living with obesity Some one billion people around the world live with obesity and almost five million deaths are associated with obesity every year, said Naoko Yamamoto, WHO’s Assistant Director of Healthy Populations. She was speaking at the Global Health Center event, co-sponsored by the governments of Mexico and Croatia. Croatia’s First Lady, Sanja Musić Milanović, has become an ardent champion of the issue in the European region. “No country is immune to its impact,” Yamamoto said. “But we know what we can do to stop this pandemic.” Naoko Yamamoto, WHO Assistant Director-General of Healthier Populations Whole-of-government approach needed Addressing obesity requires a “whole-of-government approach” said Francesco Branca, who leads WHO’s work on nutrition and obesity. That approach is implicit in the new “acceleration plan” endorsed in the final days of the 75th World Health Assembly. That plan aims to halt the worldwide rise in obesity by 2030 as part of reaching the Sustainable Development Target 3.4 which calls for slashing the non-communicable disease rates by one-third by that time. “Unless we talk about obesity, we will not reach SDG 3.4,” said Branca at the GHC event. But beyond that, “The cost of obesity is unbearable. We’re talking about $1 trillion every year, which is 13% of the global health expenditure, and 1-2.5% of GDP in different countries of the world.” The new WHA-endorsed “acceleration” plan targets key factors that drive obesity, including diets high in fats, sugars and processed foods; lack of physical activity; and cities that make it impossible to walk and cycle to work or even exercise. The aim is to encourage governments to move from the realm of traditional health measures that only target personal behaviour and have largely failed, to proven policies that tackle the obesogenic environment in which many people live today, Branca said. Higher taxes on unhealthy foods; consumer and school-based policies, as well as urban planning to enable active lifestyles are among the policies endorsed in the plan, specifically: Regulations on the harmful marketing of food and beverages to protect children; Fiscal and pricing policies to promote healthy diets and nutrition labelling policies; School-based nutrition (including initiatives to regulate the sales of products high in fats, sugars and salt in proximity of schools); Breastfeeding promotion, protection and support; Standards and regulations on active travel and physical activity in schools. The plan also calls for stronger integration of obesity prevention and treatment into primary health care services, particularly in low- and middle-income countries where many health clinics lack even the most basic diagnostic tools for checking blood sugar levels, weight or blood pressure. Finally, the plan calls on member states to draw up country-based road maps, bringing together stakeholders and advancing advocacy and communications. Dr Tedros urges the implementation of NCD policies after the adoption of a slew of measures to address NCDs at the WHA. ‘Complete failure’ to achieve zero obesity increase goal The goal of a zero increase in obesity was originally set in 2018 for attainment by 2025. But countries have failed miserably to halt current trends, leading to the adoption of a new timeline and strategy for reaching that goal, Branca said. “The prevalence of obesity is increasing in almost all age groups,” he declared, pointing to WHO projections showing that by 2025, obesity prevalence will have in fact increased by 1.7% among children ages 5-18 and 2.3% among adults. “That translates into about 167 million more people affected by obesity, but it also translates into a ‘complete failure’ to achieve those [2025] targets,” Branca said. “Maybe there will be some progress for children under five, but overall no progress. As a result, member states “requested WHO to do something about it, to indicate what actions can be taken to turn the tide of obesity. And so we’ve been building on two decades of work, and recommending that we need to adopt a whole-of-government, whole-of-society approach – and work across the life course”, he added. “Governments need to take the lead in a series of policies in multiple sectors, and civil society needs to call for that action and to hold accountable all of the actors, he said. To measure countries’ responses, the WHO will be monitoring and measuring “some very concrete policy targets such as increasing the number of countries who are establishing regulation on marketing, food and beverages for children”. Some of the measures that the WHO will be looking for are country campaigns on physical activity, and regulations on the marketing of sugary and ultra-processed foods and beverages to advance the guideline that sugar represents only 10% of food energy intake daily, added Branca. Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety. Countries tell their stories – from bike lanes to trade policies Perhaps the most powerful testimony, however, was that of the health ministers and deputy ministers themselves. In a panel discussion they outlined what had worked well – and measures they still need to advance more. The successes include measures taken in the Philippines to promote healthy foods in schools as well as more active transport, including more development of urban bike lanes, said Maria Rosario Vergeire, Undersecretary of Health. She recounts that some 23 million adults and 3.6 million children are obese in the island country of 115.5 million people. The government also has adopted front-of-package labeling to warn consumers of high salt and sugar labels. It is also phasing out the sale of industrially-produced transfats. WHO recommended transfats be outlawed in foods by 2023 due to mounting evidence of cardiovascular cancer risks. Peggy Vidot, the Seychelles Minister of Health, described how her country is using trade policies to shape healthier diets by increasing tax and customs incentives for importers of fresh foods and vegetables and fruit drinks without added sugar. It also banned sugary drinks in schools and is rolling out higher taxes on certain foods with a sugar content above certain levels. In parallel, the government subsidizes local farmers, as well as the fishing sector, “so that healthy food can be made available at a more affordable price”. Chile cuts sugar consumption by 10% in just three years Front-of-pack warning labels in Chile In Chile, which was a pioneer on front of package labeling, 80% of processed food products sold in markets now contain food warning labels, indicating the fat and sugar content, said Chile’s Minister of Health, Maria Begona Yarza Saez. “One of the concrete results of that is that 70% of adolescents take into account these labels at the moment that they have to make a choice about food,” she said, “and 98% of the general population understands the labelling that has been put into place.” The exposure of small children to the marketing of unhealthy products has been reduced by 40%, she added. These are some of the findings of research that was conducted in 2021, after just three years of having the policy in place. In addition, sugar consumption decreased by 10% and there was a 4.8% decline in global caloric intake. “These are only interim indicators. Long term studies are needed for better results,” she added, saying that “this is clearly not enough”. Chile aims to introduce “more structural policies” in the coming year, including taxes on unhealthy foods, with the tax revenues channeled back into supporting health services that support obesity and NCD prevention and control. Mexico – change requires political will In Mexico, the first soda tax was implemented in 2014, and within the first two years consumption of sugary drinks declined by an average of 7%, and more recently by as much as 12%, said Hugo Lopez-Gatell, Mexico’s Vice Minister of Health. “Now, we implemented a year and a half ago, front-of-package label warnings. It’s not confusing labeling, it’s warning. And credit to Chile because we got inspired by Chile’s experience,” said Lopez-Gatell. The Mexican government is working on other regulatory measures, including bylaws to promote people’s capacity to make informed decisions, as well as limits on what people actually can be offered in the market. A national law banning unhealthy foods to be sold in schools is also in the process of being drafted and approved. “We also had a soda industry and food industry sponsoring the rebuilding of schools,” he recalled. “No more of that, we are investing directly. In addition, the government is trying to promote better access to safe, clean water in schools, as 30% of which lack that basic sustenance that can be a free, healthy substitute to packaged sodas.” In addition, a 2019 law recognized “mobility” as a human right in the Mexican constitution which means that “now, as a Federal republic, we can supersede any limitation at the state at the municipal level … so that physical activity must be assured.” “We believe change is possible, but it requires political will. And the political will must be steady, sturdy and continue no matter what, thinking about health, children, our youths and our future,” added Lopez-Gatell. “We base our policies on the convictions that obesity and the full complex of NCDs are rooted in structural factors,” he added. He recalls that Mexico’s obesity epidemic actually began in the 1980s when structural reforms were imposed by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and other economic institutions in the Americas and around the world. But “when economic liberalization started, we were swamped” by multinational food companies eager to sell cheap processed food products in Mexico’s large, emerging economic market, just south of the US border. “So we were just flooded by trademarks,” he said, “and therefore policy and politics for many years in Mexico, until this current administration, were dependent on complicity with the CEOs and presidents of these companies.” He asserted that Mexico’s current president Andrés Manuel López Obrador has sought to change that balance of economic and political power” although it has not always been easy. “He has said it is crucial to separate economic power from political power because the political power that is elected by people should be devoted to protecting and promoting the public good. Laws need to be made in the interest of the people, and not interest groups.” Continue reading -> Image Credits: Health Ministry of Chile. After Many Missed Opportunities, Oral Health Gets Long Overdue Attention from WHO 03/06/2022 Ihsane Ben Yahya & Greg Chadwick Dental services, including regular check-ups, were among the most disrupted essential health services during the COVID-19 lockdowns. People´s reticence to visit a dentist during normal times was exacerbated by fear of venturing into an open clinic or simply not being able to, due to restrictions. Dental hesitancy has always been around but over two years into the pandemic, it´s now a lot worse. This hesitancy is also echoed at the policy level. Oral health has, until very recently, been considered the “ugly duckling” of global health efforts. The World Health Organization (WHO) has only ever passed a special resolution on oral health twice in its history: most recently, ironically, in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021. The new global oral health strategy, approved by governments at 75th WHO World Health Assembly last week is a step in the right direction, and it is long overdue. 📣The WHO global #OralHealth strategy has officially been approved and adopted at the #WHA75 👏 FDI commends the strategy and tells @WHO that we are ready to support the development of the subsequent action plan and monitoring framework by 2023 ➡️ https://t.co/mTPgDRSB24 pic.twitter.com/MYf1nFap8e — FDI World Dental Federation (@fdiworlddental) May 28, 2022 Oral health is essential for overall health It´s a perfect time to double down on just why responding to the global oral health epidemic is in our broader (health) interests. Getting people back into dental clinics and protecting their oral health is essential to safeguarding their overall health, well-being, and quality of life. All those factors that can make people vulnerable to chronic non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, chronic respiratory disease, and diabetes are equally risky for one´s oral health. High sugar consumption, harmful alcohol use and tobacco are just as bad for our bodies as they are for our mouths. The impact in pure numbers is alarming: there were some 3.5 billion cases of oral diseases and other oral conditions in 2017. For the last three decades, the combined global prevalence of dental caries (tooth decay), periodontal (gum) disease and tooth loss has stood at 45% – higher than any other NCD. Ignoring the problem makes no sense, financial or otherwise. Worldwide, oral diseases accounted in 2015 for $ 357 billion in direct costs and US$ 188 billion in indirect costs. In the same year, $96.2 billion was spent on the treatment of oral diseases across the European Union, the third-highest total among NCDs, behind diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. “Without good oral health, you’re not healthy,” former US Surgeon-General David Satcher once said, and he was right. The largely siloed approach to dealing with oral health makes no policy sense either, especially when we consider the evidence. Junk food and tooth decay We know that bacteria and inflammation associated with periodontal disease are linked to cardiovascular disease, rheumatoid arthritis, and adverse effects in pregnancy. We also know that people living with diabetes experience improved blood glucose levels if their periodontal (gum) disease is managed correctly. Knowing what we know about poor oral health – that it is preventable and if addressed can help improve our overall health – only begs the question as to why more is not being done to integrate it into other NCD programmes? The pending ban on television and online advertising of junk food in the UK before 9pm is a great example of encouraging better diet. So too is the campaign by UK footballer Marcus Rashford to promote healthier school lunches. But they are missed opportunities. With forethought, both interventions could have included some key messages for children and parents around the connection between a healthy diet and good oral health. Future campaigns could better highlight the need to prioritize oral health promotion in schools, communities and workplaces as well as ensure access to the millions of people who cannot afford the basics, such as fluoridated toothpaste. We need to globally re-think how we talk about and tackle oral diseases. In the vast majority of countries, even essential oral health services are not part of universal health coverage. Oral diseases are noncommunicable diseases and need to be treated as such. Advocates have long argued that investment in prevention produces strong economic returns and saves millions of lives. COVID-19 has reinforced the huge economic and human cost of not doing so: people living with chronic diseases like diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular were at much higher risk of becoming seriously ill, hospitalized, or dying from SARS‑CoV‑2. At the same time, the pandemic is just a microcosm of the bigger picture: our past failure to address oral disease in a substantive way and to view it as an NCD like any other. Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya is the President of the FDI World Dental Federation and professor at the Dental University in Casablanca, Morocco. Dr Greg Chadwick Dr Greg Chadwick is the President-elect of FDI World Dental Federation and Dean at East Carolina University, School of Dental Medicine, United States. Image Credits: Caroline LM/ Unsplash, FDI World Dental Federation. Shanghai Lockdown is Finally Relaxed But Stringent Testing Still Required 02/06/2022 Raisa Santos Shanghai eased its lockdown restrictions 1 June 2022, following continuous low cases reported. Sixty five days after one of the toughest lockdowns in the world, China has eased COVID-19 restrictions on its financial hub, Shanghai, on Wednesday – finally allowing the majority of its 25 million residents to move freely again. However, at least 890,000 residents are confined at home, in “quarantine” or “control zones”. The announcement to lift restrictions came as official figures showed on Sunday that daily new coronavirus cases fell from 170 to 122 in a 24-hour period. The city reported just 13 cases for Wednesday, and an additional 7 cases on Thursday. This is a marked turnaround from the beginning of April, when tens of thousands of cases were reported daily. “This is a day that we dreamed of for a very long time,” Shanghai government spokeswoman Yin Xin told the BBC. China to maintain ‘zero tolerance’ policy Shanghai residents will be required to hold a negative nucleic acid test result taken within 72 hours of entering public spaces or using public transportation from June But while China seems to have moved into the clear with COVID, the country is keen to maintain its “zero tolerance” policy, and is already preparing for future waves. Beijing municipal officials said Thursday that 12 of its planned 14 ‘transition hubs’ will be used to test and disinfect all imported frozen food before goods are distributed across the city. This follows China’s contention that frozen food could transmit COVID-19 in while the World Health Organization’s independent panel on the virus’s origins favour an unknown animal vector as the most likely cause, while others have pointed to laboratory accident for the spread of the coronavirus first found in bats in China. Tens of thousands of testing booths will also be set up across China’s largest cities, including Beijing, Shanghai, and technological hub Shenzhen, to require testing as often as every 48 hours. New rules in Shanghai will now require residents to show a green health code on their smartphone, with proof of a negative PCR test in the last 72 hours, to leave their residential compounds and enter most places, including banks, malls, and public transportation. However, cinemas, museums, and gyms remain closed, as well as in-person schooling. Restrictions on leaving the city still remain, with anyone traveling to another city facing a quarantine of seven to 14 days upon return. Beijing also lifted its restrictions earlier this week, following similar protocol with some of its public transportation system, malls, and other venues opening up. Shanghai testing centers tested by overcapacity and staff shortages Shanghai testing center Shanghai’s 72-hour rule has tested the capacity of its testing centers, as crowds flocked to the 15,000 stations. While some said their test took only a matter of minutes, others complained that they had to wait over an hour to test. Many testing booths are only open for about three hours each in the morning and afternoon, although some hospitals offer a 24-hour service. Shanghai resident Zhang Zehong told Sixth Tone that she was unable to test Wednesday as the station in her neighborhood closed two hours earlier than shown on the city’s health code app, which features all the testing centers. Instead, she went to a hospital with a 24-hour service Thursday morning, only to find no staff and a line that stretched on for over 100 meters. So many issues need to be fixed,” Zhang said. Chinese microblogging platform Weibo also featured complaints with the stations. “It’s been very hot recently, several people passed out when standing (in line),” one Weibo user wrote. “I visited five sites but each had long queues. This is not really humane enough. Don’t these mobile kiosks cause more people to gather?” another Weibo user wrote. Fifty-point plan to revive Shanghai economy A fifty-point plan has also been drawn up to support Shanghai’s economy, crippled in the wake of closures, quarantines, and lockdowns. New measures include reducing taxes for car buyers, speeding up the issuance of local government bonds, and fast-tracked approval of building projects. Drivers who also switch to an electric vehicle will also be able to claim a $1500 subsidy. Businesses may also be able to delay insurance and rent payments, with subsidies available for utility charges. Image Credits: Appriseug/Twitter , DA Trade Market Securities/Twitter , Don Weinland/Twitter. Eight Countries Compete to Host African Medicines Agency at Crucial African Union Meeting 02/06/2022 Paul Adepoju AMA headquarters host country is expected to be named at the end of an ongoing meeting in Addis Ababa A meeting to decide which African country will be the host country for the African Medicines Agency (AMA) is underway and at the last count, expressions of interest in hosting the agency have been received from Uganda, Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Rwanda, Tanzania, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. The decision is expected to be one of the outcomes at the ongoing first Ordinary session of the Conference of State Parties (CoSP) of the AMA, in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia from 1 to 3 June 2022. The CoSP is reviewing the AMA assessment report and at the end of their meeting, it will make recommendations on the host country of the AMA Headquarters. A final decision on this recommendation will be made at the next assembly of the African Union. Uganda is one of the countries vying to host the AMA Headquarters and the country’s delegation to the CoSP meeting is led by the country’s Minister of Health, Dr Jane Aceng, and Dr Diana Atwine, a Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Health. Zimbabwe’s team is a four-member delegation led by the country’s Health and Child Care deputy Minister, Dr John Mangwiro. Sierra Leone is also attending the session led by Minister of Health and Sanitation Dr Austin Demby. In his remark at the official launch of the Africa CDC’s Ministerial Executive Leadership Program (MELP), Dr John Nkengasong, Africa CDC’s outgoing Director General confirmed the CoSP’s outcome would play a critical role in deciding the future of the agency. “The launch of the AMA is really another landmark initiative of the African Union as part of the Agenda 63. I can’t wait to hear the outcome of the deliberations. It’s going to be transformational when the AMA and we are truly excited with that,” Nkengasong said. The three-day ministerial meeting will deliberate on the priorities and next steps to establish the AMA. From Geneva to Addis Ababa At last week’s World Health Assembly, Amref Health Africa’s Desta Lakew, on behalf of the African Medicines Agency Treaty Alliance (AMATA) described AMA as an initiative of the African Union aimed at strengthening the regulatory environment to guarantee access to quality, safe and efficacious medicines, medical products, and technologies on the continent. Countries that have signed the treaty, according to AMATA, are Algeria, Benin, Chad, Ghana, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Rwanda, Saharawi Arab Democratic Republic, Senegal, and Tunisia. But about four years after the AU Assembly adopted the AMA Treaty, Lakew noted that some Member States still haven’t given it the authority to fulfill its mandate. “The increased risk of disease outbreaks in the region and globally has made access to medical products a priority. Trade in locally produced medical products, including Personal Protective Equipment, across African countries will be hampered if we do not have a harmonized regulatory environment,” Lakew told WHA 75. At the CoSP meeting, the AU called on all member states to sign the Treaty to see improved regulation and easy flow of medical products and technologies, are expected to be reechoed. Lakew described the call as an urgent matter “for the sake of ensuring that there is equitable access to quality, safe, efficacious medicines and technologies for a healthy Africa”. Last month, Health Policy Watch reported Kenya was preparing to join the AMA alongside thirty-one other African Union member states following the Kenyan cabinet’s decision to approve the ratification of the African Union Treaty. See more about the African Medicines Agency on our special AMA Countdown page: African Medicines Agency Countdown Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Can the World Halt Rising Obesity? WHO Sets Out Its Plans and Countries Tell Stories of Success 03/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Health Ministers and Vice-Ministers (seated from left to right) Mexico, Seychelles, Philippines and Chile, expound on policy successes for obesity control Countries have failed miserably to halt rising obesity, despite goals set by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2018. Instead, obesity continues to rise apace. Now, however, a new WHO strategy for accelerating action against obesity, endorsed last week by the World Health Assembly, calls for much tougher policies on food packaging, pricing and marketing which have the potential to turn the tide. At a high-level side event on the margins of last week’s World Health Assembly (WHA), WHO officials outlined the plans and countries that have tested such policies told their stories, and how these experiences could point the way to success in the coming decade. Speakers included health ministers and deputy ministers from five countries, including Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Seychelles, and the Philippines, who elaborated on the policies that have been implemented in their countries as well as the challenges that they still face. One billion people living with obesity Some one billion people around the world live with obesity and almost five million deaths are associated with obesity every year, said Naoko Yamamoto, WHO’s Assistant Director of Healthy Populations. She was speaking at the Global Health Center event, co-sponsored by the governments of Mexico and Croatia. Croatia’s First Lady, Sanja Musić Milanović, has become an ardent champion of the issue in the European region. “No country is immune to its impact,” Yamamoto said. “But we know what we can do to stop this pandemic.” Naoko Yamamoto, WHO Assistant Director-General of Healthier Populations Whole-of-government approach needed Addressing obesity requires a “whole-of-government approach” said Francesco Branca, who leads WHO’s work on nutrition and obesity. That approach is implicit in the new “acceleration plan” endorsed in the final days of the 75th World Health Assembly. That plan aims to halt the worldwide rise in obesity by 2030 as part of reaching the Sustainable Development Target 3.4 which calls for slashing the non-communicable disease rates by one-third by that time. “Unless we talk about obesity, we will not reach SDG 3.4,” said Branca at the GHC event. But beyond that, “The cost of obesity is unbearable. We’re talking about $1 trillion every year, which is 13% of the global health expenditure, and 1-2.5% of GDP in different countries of the world.” The new WHA-endorsed “acceleration” plan targets key factors that drive obesity, including diets high in fats, sugars and processed foods; lack of physical activity; and cities that make it impossible to walk and cycle to work or even exercise. The aim is to encourage governments to move from the realm of traditional health measures that only target personal behaviour and have largely failed, to proven policies that tackle the obesogenic environment in which many people live today, Branca said. Higher taxes on unhealthy foods; consumer and school-based policies, as well as urban planning to enable active lifestyles are among the policies endorsed in the plan, specifically: Regulations on the harmful marketing of food and beverages to protect children; Fiscal and pricing policies to promote healthy diets and nutrition labelling policies; School-based nutrition (including initiatives to regulate the sales of products high in fats, sugars and salt in proximity of schools); Breastfeeding promotion, protection and support; Standards and regulations on active travel and physical activity in schools. The plan also calls for stronger integration of obesity prevention and treatment into primary health care services, particularly in low- and middle-income countries where many health clinics lack even the most basic diagnostic tools for checking blood sugar levels, weight or blood pressure. Finally, the plan calls on member states to draw up country-based road maps, bringing together stakeholders and advancing advocacy and communications. Dr Tedros urges the implementation of NCD policies after the adoption of a slew of measures to address NCDs at the WHA. ‘Complete failure’ to achieve zero obesity increase goal The goal of a zero increase in obesity was originally set in 2018 for attainment by 2025. But countries have failed miserably to halt current trends, leading to the adoption of a new timeline and strategy for reaching that goal, Branca said. “The prevalence of obesity is increasing in almost all age groups,” he declared, pointing to WHO projections showing that by 2025, obesity prevalence will have in fact increased by 1.7% among children ages 5-18 and 2.3% among adults. “That translates into about 167 million more people affected by obesity, but it also translates into a ‘complete failure’ to achieve those [2025] targets,” Branca said. “Maybe there will be some progress for children under five, but overall no progress. As a result, member states “requested WHO to do something about it, to indicate what actions can be taken to turn the tide of obesity. And so we’ve been building on two decades of work, and recommending that we need to adopt a whole-of-government, whole-of-society approach – and work across the life course”, he added. “Governments need to take the lead in a series of policies in multiple sectors, and civil society needs to call for that action and to hold accountable all of the actors, he said. To measure countries’ responses, the WHO will be monitoring and measuring “some very concrete policy targets such as increasing the number of countries who are establishing regulation on marketing, food and beverages for children”. Some of the measures that the WHO will be looking for are country campaigns on physical activity, and regulations on the marketing of sugary and ultra-processed foods and beverages to advance the guideline that sugar represents only 10% of food energy intake daily, added Branca. Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety. Countries tell their stories – from bike lanes to trade policies Perhaps the most powerful testimony, however, was that of the health ministers and deputy ministers themselves. In a panel discussion they outlined what had worked well – and measures they still need to advance more. The successes include measures taken in the Philippines to promote healthy foods in schools as well as more active transport, including more development of urban bike lanes, said Maria Rosario Vergeire, Undersecretary of Health. She recounts that some 23 million adults and 3.6 million children are obese in the island country of 115.5 million people. The government also has adopted front-of-package labeling to warn consumers of high salt and sugar labels. It is also phasing out the sale of industrially-produced transfats. WHO recommended transfats be outlawed in foods by 2023 due to mounting evidence of cardiovascular cancer risks. Peggy Vidot, the Seychelles Minister of Health, described how her country is using trade policies to shape healthier diets by increasing tax and customs incentives for importers of fresh foods and vegetables and fruit drinks without added sugar. It also banned sugary drinks in schools and is rolling out higher taxes on certain foods with a sugar content above certain levels. In parallel, the government subsidizes local farmers, as well as the fishing sector, “so that healthy food can be made available at a more affordable price”. Chile cuts sugar consumption by 10% in just three years Front-of-pack warning labels in Chile In Chile, which was a pioneer on front of package labeling, 80% of processed food products sold in markets now contain food warning labels, indicating the fat and sugar content, said Chile’s Minister of Health, Maria Begona Yarza Saez. “One of the concrete results of that is that 70% of adolescents take into account these labels at the moment that they have to make a choice about food,” she said, “and 98% of the general population understands the labelling that has been put into place.” The exposure of small children to the marketing of unhealthy products has been reduced by 40%, she added. These are some of the findings of research that was conducted in 2021, after just three years of having the policy in place. In addition, sugar consumption decreased by 10% and there was a 4.8% decline in global caloric intake. “These are only interim indicators. Long term studies are needed for better results,” she added, saying that “this is clearly not enough”. Chile aims to introduce “more structural policies” in the coming year, including taxes on unhealthy foods, with the tax revenues channeled back into supporting health services that support obesity and NCD prevention and control. Mexico – change requires political will In Mexico, the first soda tax was implemented in 2014, and within the first two years consumption of sugary drinks declined by an average of 7%, and more recently by as much as 12%, said Hugo Lopez-Gatell, Mexico’s Vice Minister of Health. “Now, we implemented a year and a half ago, front-of-package label warnings. It’s not confusing labeling, it’s warning. And credit to Chile because we got inspired by Chile’s experience,” said Lopez-Gatell. The Mexican government is working on other regulatory measures, including bylaws to promote people’s capacity to make informed decisions, as well as limits on what people actually can be offered in the market. A national law banning unhealthy foods to be sold in schools is also in the process of being drafted and approved. “We also had a soda industry and food industry sponsoring the rebuilding of schools,” he recalled. “No more of that, we are investing directly. In addition, the government is trying to promote better access to safe, clean water in schools, as 30% of which lack that basic sustenance that can be a free, healthy substitute to packaged sodas.” In addition, a 2019 law recognized “mobility” as a human right in the Mexican constitution which means that “now, as a Federal republic, we can supersede any limitation at the state at the municipal level … so that physical activity must be assured.” “We believe change is possible, but it requires political will. And the political will must be steady, sturdy and continue no matter what, thinking about health, children, our youths and our future,” added Lopez-Gatell. “We base our policies on the convictions that obesity and the full complex of NCDs are rooted in structural factors,” he added. He recalls that Mexico’s obesity epidemic actually began in the 1980s when structural reforms were imposed by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and other economic institutions in the Americas and around the world. But “when economic liberalization started, we were swamped” by multinational food companies eager to sell cheap processed food products in Mexico’s large, emerging economic market, just south of the US border. “So we were just flooded by trademarks,” he said, “and therefore policy and politics for many years in Mexico, until this current administration, were dependent on complicity with the CEOs and presidents of these companies.” He asserted that Mexico’s current president Andrés Manuel López Obrador has sought to change that balance of economic and political power” although it has not always been easy. “He has said it is crucial to separate economic power from political power because the political power that is elected by people should be devoted to protecting and promoting the public good. Laws need to be made in the interest of the people, and not interest groups.” Continue reading -> Image Credits: Health Ministry of Chile. After Many Missed Opportunities, Oral Health Gets Long Overdue Attention from WHO 03/06/2022 Ihsane Ben Yahya & Greg Chadwick Dental services, including regular check-ups, were among the most disrupted essential health services during the COVID-19 lockdowns. People´s reticence to visit a dentist during normal times was exacerbated by fear of venturing into an open clinic or simply not being able to, due to restrictions. Dental hesitancy has always been around but over two years into the pandemic, it´s now a lot worse. This hesitancy is also echoed at the policy level. Oral health has, until very recently, been considered the “ugly duckling” of global health efforts. The World Health Organization (WHO) has only ever passed a special resolution on oral health twice in its history: most recently, ironically, in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021. The new global oral health strategy, approved by governments at 75th WHO World Health Assembly last week is a step in the right direction, and it is long overdue. 📣The WHO global #OralHealth strategy has officially been approved and adopted at the #WHA75 👏 FDI commends the strategy and tells @WHO that we are ready to support the development of the subsequent action plan and monitoring framework by 2023 ➡️ https://t.co/mTPgDRSB24 pic.twitter.com/MYf1nFap8e — FDI World Dental Federation (@fdiworlddental) May 28, 2022 Oral health is essential for overall health It´s a perfect time to double down on just why responding to the global oral health epidemic is in our broader (health) interests. Getting people back into dental clinics and protecting their oral health is essential to safeguarding their overall health, well-being, and quality of life. All those factors that can make people vulnerable to chronic non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, chronic respiratory disease, and diabetes are equally risky for one´s oral health. High sugar consumption, harmful alcohol use and tobacco are just as bad for our bodies as they are for our mouths. The impact in pure numbers is alarming: there were some 3.5 billion cases of oral diseases and other oral conditions in 2017. For the last three decades, the combined global prevalence of dental caries (tooth decay), periodontal (gum) disease and tooth loss has stood at 45% – higher than any other NCD. Ignoring the problem makes no sense, financial or otherwise. Worldwide, oral diseases accounted in 2015 for $ 357 billion in direct costs and US$ 188 billion in indirect costs. In the same year, $96.2 billion was spent on the treatment of oral diseases across the European Union, the third-highest total among NCDs, behind diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. “Without good oral health, you’re not healthy,” former US Surgeon-General David Satcher once said, and he was right. The largely siloed approach to dealing with oral health makes no policy sense either, especially when we consider the evidence. Junk food and tooth decay We know that bacteria and inflammation associated with periodontal disease are linked to cardiovascular disease, rheumatoid arthritis, and adverse effects in pregnancy. We also know that people living with diabetes experience improved blood glucose levels if their periodontal (gum) disease is managed correctly. Knowing what we know about poor oral health – that it is preventable and if addressed can help improve our overall health – only begs the question as to why more is not being done to integrate it into other NCD programmes? The pending ban on television and online advertising of junk food in the UK before 9pm is a great example of encouraging better diet. So too is the campaign by UK footballer Marcus Rashford to promote healthier school lunches. But they are missed opportunities. With forethought, both interventions could have included some key messages for children and parents around the connection between a healthy diet and good oral health. Future campaigns could better highlight the need to prioritize oral health promotion in schools, communities and workplaces as well as ensure access to the millions of people who cannot afford the basics, such as fluoridated toothpaste. We need to globally re-think how we talk about and tackle oral diseases. In the vast majority of countries, even essential oral health services are not part of universal health coverage. Oral diseases are noncommunicable diseases and need to be treated as such. Advocates have long argued that investment in prevention produces strong economic returns and saves millions of lives. COVID-19 has reinforced the huge economic and human cost of not doing so: people living with chronic diseases like diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular were at much higher risk of becoming seriously ill, hospitalized, or dying from SARS‑CoV‑2. At the same time, the pandemic is just a microcosm of the bigger picture: our past failure to address oral disease in a substantive way and to view it as an NCD like any other. Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya is the President of the FDI World Dental Federation and professor at the Dental University in Casablanca, Morocco. Dr Greg Chadwick Dr Greg Chadwick is the President-elect of FDI World Dental Federation and Dean at East Carolina University, School of Dental Medicine, United States. Image Credits: Caroline LM/ Unsplash, FDI World Dental Federation. Shanghai Lockdown is Finally Relaxed But Stringent Testing Still Required 02/06/2022 Raisa Santos Shanghai eased its lockdown restrictions 1 June 2022, following continuous low cases reported. Sixty five days after one of the toughest lockdowns in the world, China has eased COVID-19 restrictions on its financial hub, Shanghai, on Wednesday – finally allowing the majority of its 25 million residents to move freely again. However, at least 890,000 residents are confined at home, in “quarantine” or “control zones”. The announcement to lift restrictions came as official figures showed on Sunday that daily new coronavirus cases fell from 170 to 122 in a 24-hour period. The city reported just 13 cases for Wednesday, and an additional 7 cases on Thursday. This is a marked turnaround from the beginning of April, when tens of thousands of cases were reported daily. “This is a day that we dreamed of for a very long time,” Shanghai government spokeswoman Yin Xin told the BBC. China to maintain ‘zero tolerance’ policy Shanghai residents will be required to hold a negative nucleic acid test result taken within 72 hours of entering public spaces or using public transportation from June But while China seems to have moved into the clear with COVID, the country is keen to maintain its “zero tolerance” policy, and is already preparing for future waves. Beijing municipal officials said Thursday that 12 of its planned 14 ‘transition hubs’ will be used to test and disinfect all imported frozen food before goods are distributed across the city. This follows China’s contention that frozen food could transmit COVID-19 in while the World Health Organization’s independent panel on the virus’s origins favour an unknown animal vector as the most likely cause, while others have pointed to laboratory accident for the spread of the coronavirus first found in bats in China. Tens of thousands of testing booths will also be set up across China’s largest cities, including Beijing, Shanghai, and technological hub Shenzhen, to require testing as often as every 48 hours. New rules in Shanghai will now require residents to show a green health code on their smartphone, with proof of a negative PCR test in the last 72 hours, to leave their residential compounds and enter most places, including banks, malls, and public transportation. However, cinemas, museums, and gyms remain closed, as well as in-person schooling. Restrictions on leaving the city still remain, with anyone traveling to another city facing a quarantine of seven to 14 days upon return. Beijing also lifted its restrictions earlier this week, following similar protocol with some of its public transportation system, malls, and other venues opening up. Shanghai testing centers tested by overcapacity and staff shortages Shanghai testing center Shanghai’s 72-hour rule has tested the capacity of its testing centers, as crowds flocked to the 15,000 stations. While some said their test took only a matter of minutes, others complained that they had to wait over an hour to test. Many testing booths are only open for about three hours each in the morning and afternoon, although some hospitals offer a 24-hour service. Shanghai resident Zhang Zehong told Sixth Tone that she was unable to test Wednesday as the station in her neighborhood closed two hours earlier than shown on the city’s health code app, which features all the testing centers. Instead, she went to a hospital with a 24-hour service Thursday morning, only to find no staff and a line that stretched on for over 100 meters. So many issues need to be fixed,” Zhang said. Chinese microblogging platform Weibo also featured complaints with the stations. “It’s been very hot recently, several people passed out when standing (in line),” one Weibo user wrote. “I visited five sites but each had long queues. This is not really humane enough. Don’t these mobile kiosks cause more people to gather?” another Weibo user wrote. Fifty-point plan to revive Shanghai economy A fifty-point plan has also been drawn up to support Shanghai’s economy, crippled in the wake of closures, quarantines, and lockdowns. New measures include reducing taxes for car buyers, speeding up the issuance of local government bonds, and fast-tracked approval of building projects. Drivers who also switch to an electric vehicle will also be able to claim a $1500 subsidy. Businesses may also be able to delay insurance and rent payments, with subsidies available for utility charges. Image Credits: Appriseug/Twitter , DA Trade Market Securities/Twitter , Don Weinland/Twitter. Eight Countries Compete to Host African Medicines Agency at Crucial African Union Meeting 02/06/2022 Paul Adepoju AMA headquarters host country is expected to be named at the end of an ongoing meeting in Addis Ababa A meeting to decide which African country will be the host country for the African Medicines Agency (AMA) is underway and at the last count, expressions of interest in hosting the agency have been received from Uganda, Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Rwanda, Tanzania, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. The decision is expected to be one of the outcomes at the ongoing first Ordinary session of the Conference of State Parties (CoSP) of the AMA, in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia from 1 to 3 June 2022. The CoSP is reviewing the AMA assessment report and at the end of their meeting, it will make recommendations on the host country of the AMA Headquarters. A final decision on this recommendation will be made at the next assembly of the African Union. Uganda is one of the countries vying to host the AMA Headquarters and the country’s delegation to the CoSP meeting is led by the country’s Minister of Health, Dr Jane Aceng, and Dr Diana Atwine, a Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Health. Zimbabwe’s team is a four-member delegation led by the country’s Health and Child Care deputy Minister, Dr John Mangwiro. Sierra Leone is also attending the session led by Minister of Health and Sanitation Dr Austin Demby. In his remark at the official launch of the Africa CDC’s Ministerial Executive Leadership Program (MELP), Dr John Nkengasong, Africa CDC’s outgoing Director General confirmed the CoSP’s outcome would play a critical role in deciding the future of the agency. “The launch of the AMA is really another landmark initiative of the African Union as part of the Agenda 63. I can’t wait to hear the outcome of the deliberations. It’s going to be transformational when the AMA and we are truly excited with that,” Nkengasong said. The three-day ministerial meeting will deliberate on the priorities and next steps to establish the AMA. From Geneva to Addis Ababa At last week’s World Health Assembly, Amref Health Africa’s Desta Lakew, on behalf of the African Medicines Agency Treaty Alliance (AMATA) described AMA as an initiative of the African Union aimed at strengthening the regulatory environment to guarantee access to quality, safe and efficacious medicines, medical products, and technologies on the continent. Countries that have signed the treaty, according to AMATA, are Algeria, Benin, Chad, Ghana, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Rwanda, Saharawi Arab Democratic Republic, Senegal, and Tunisia. But about four years after the AU Assembly adopted the AMA Treaty, Lakew noted that some Member States still haven’t given it the authority to fulfill its mandate. “The increased risk of disease outbreaks in the region and globally has made access to medical products a priority. Trade in locally produced medical products, including Personal Protective Equipment, across African countries will be hampered if we do not have a harmonized regulatory environment,” Lakew told WHA 75. At the CoSP meeting, the AU called on all member states to sign the Treaty to see improved regulation and easy flow of medical products and technologies, are expected to be reechoed. Lakew described the call as an urgent matter “for the sake of ensuring that there is equitable access to quality, safe, efficacious medicines and technologies for a healthy Africa”. Last month, Health Policy Watch reported Kenya was preparing to join the AMA alongside thirty-one other African Union member states following the Kenyan cabinet’s decision to approve the ratification of the African Union Treaty. See more about the African Medicines Agency on our special AMA Countdown page: African Medicines Agency Countdown Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
After Many Missed Opportunities, Oral Health Gets Long Overdue Attention from WHO 03/06/2022 Ihsane Ben Yahya & Greg Chadwick Dental services, including regular check-ups, were among the most disrupted essential health services during the COVID-19 lockdowns. People´s reticence to visit a dentist during normal times was exacerbated by fear of venturing into an open clinic or simply not being able to, due to restrictions. Dental hesitancy has always been around but over two years into the pandemic, it´s now a lot worse. This hesitancy is also echoed at the policy level. Oral health has, until very recently, been considered the “ugly duckling” of global health efforts. The World Health Organization (WHO) has only ever passed a special resolution on oral health twice in its history: most recently, ironically, in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021. The new global oral health strategy, approved by governments at 75th WHO World Health Assembly last week is a step in the right direction, and it is long overdue. 📣The WHO global #OralHealth strategy has officially been approved and adopted at the #WHA75 👏 FDI commends the strategy and tells @WHO that we are ready to support the development of the subsequent action plan and monitoring framework by 2023 ➡️ https://t.co/mTPgDRSB24 pic.twitter.com/MYf1nFap8e — FDI World Dental Federation (@fdiworlddental) May 28, 2022 Oral health is essential for overall health It´s a perfect time to double down on just why responding to the global oral health epidemic is in our broader (health) interests. Getting people back into dental clinics and protecting their oral health is essential to safeguarding their overall health, well-being, and quality of life. All those factors that can make people vulnerable to chronic non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, chronic respiratory disease, and diabetes are equally risky for one´s oral health. High sugar consumption, harmful alcohol use and tobacco are just as bad for our bodies as they are for our mouths. The impact in pure numbers is alarming: there were some 3.5 billion cases of oral diseases and other oral conditions in 2017. For the last three decades, the combined global prevalence of dental caries (tooth decay), periodontal (gum) disease and tooth loss has stood at 45% – higher than any other NCD. Ignoring the problem makes no sense, financial or otherwise. Worldwide, oral diseases accounted in 2015 for $ 357 billion in direct costs and US$ 188 billion in indirect costs. In the same year, $96.2 billion was spent on the treatment of oral diseases across the European Union, the third-highest total among NCDs, behind diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. “Without good oral health, you’re not healthy,” former US Surgeon-General David Satcher once said, and he was right. The largely siloed approach to dealing with oral health makes no policy sense either, especially when we consider the evidence. Junk food and tooth decay We know that bacteria and inflammation associated with periodontal disease are linked to cardiovascular disease, rheumatoid arthritis, and adverse effects in pregnancy. We also know that people living with diabetes experience improved blood glucose levels if their periodontal (gum) disease is managed correctly. Knowing what we know about poor oral health – that it is preventable and if addressed can help improve our overall health – only begs the question as to why more is not being done to integrate it into other NCD programmes? The pending ban on television and online advertising of junk food in the UK before 9pm is a great example of encouraging better diet. So too is the campaign by UK footballer Marcus Rashford to promote healthier school lunches. But they are missed opportunities. With forethought, both interventions could have included some key messages for children and parents around the connection between a healthy diet and good oral health. Future campaigns could better highlight the need to prioritize oral health promotion in schools, communities and workplaces as well as ensure access to the millions of people who cannot afford the basics, such as fluoridated toothpaste. We need to globally re-think how we talk about and tackle oral diseases. In the vast majority of countries, even essential oral health services are not part of universal health coverage. Oral diseases are noncommunicable diseases and need to be treated as such. Advocates have long argued that investment in prevention produces strong economic returns and saves millions of lives. COVID-19 has reinforced the huge economic and human cost of not doing so: people living with chronic diseases like diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular were at much higher risk of becoming seriously ill, hospitalized, or dying from SARS‑CoV‑2. At the same time, the pandemic is just a microcosm of the bigger picture: our past failure to address oral disease in a substantive way and to view it as an NCD like any other. Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya Prof Ihsane Ben Yahya is the President of the FDI World Dental Federation and professor at the Dental University in Casablanca, Morocco. Dr Greg Chadwick Dr Greg Chadwick is the President-elect of FDI World Dental Federation and Dean at East Carolina University, School of Dental Medicine, United States. Image Credits: Caroline LM/ Unsplash, FDI World Dental Federation. Shanghai Lockdown is Finally Relaxed But Stringent Testing Still Required 02/06/2022 Raisa Santos Shanghai eased its lockdown restrictions 1 June 2022, following continuous low cases reported. Sixty five days after one of the toughest lockdowns in the world, China has eased COVID-19 restrictions on its financial hub, Shanghai, on Wednesday – finally allowing the majority of its 25 million residents to move freely again. However, at least 890,000 residents are confined at home, in “quarantine” or “control zones”. The announcement to lift restrictions came as official figures showed on Sunday that daily new coronavirus cases fell from 170 to 122 in a 24-hour period. The city reported just 13 cases for Wednesday, and an additional 7 cases on Thursday. This is a marked turnaround from the beginning of April, when tens of thousands of cases were reported daily. “This is a day that we dreamed of for a very long time,” Shanghai government spokeswoman Yin Xin told the BBC. China to maintain ‘zero tolerance’ policy Shanghai residents will be required to hold a negative nucleic acid test result taken within 72 hours of entering public spaces or using public transportation from June But while China seems to have moved into the clear with COVID, the country is keen to maintain its “zero tolerance” policy, and is already preparing for future waves. Beijing municipal officials said Thursday that 12 of its planned 14 ‘transition hubs’ will be used to test and disinfect all imported frozen food before goods are distributed across the city. This follows China’s contention that frozen food could transmit COVID-19 in while the World Health Organization’s independent panel on the virus’s origins favour an unknown animal vector as the most likely cause, while others have pointed to laboratory accident for the spread of the coronavirus first found in bats in China. Tens of thousands of testing booths will also be set up across China’s largest cities, including Beijing, Shanghai, and technological hub Shenzhen, to require testing as often as every 48 hours. New rules in Shanghai will now require residents to show a green health code on their smartphone, with proof of a negative PCR test in the last 72 hours, to leave their residential compounds and enter most places, including banks, malls, and public transportation. However, cinemas, museums, and gyms remain closed, as well as in-person schooling. Restrictions on leaving the city still remain, with anyone traveling to another city facing a quarantine of seven to 14 days upon return. Beijing also lifted its restrictions earlier this week, following similar protocol with some of its public transportation system, malls, and other venues opening up. Shanghai testing centers tested by overcapacity and staff shortages Shanghai testing center Shanghai’s 72-hour rule has tested the capacity of its testing centers, as crowds flocked to the 15,000 stations. While some said their test took only a matter of minutes, others complained that they had to wait over an hour to test. Many testing booths are only open for about three hours each in the morning and afternoon, although some hospitals offer a 24-hour service. Shanghai resident Zhang Zehong told Sixth Tone that she was unable to test Wednesday as the station in her neighborhood closed two hours earlier than shown on the city’s health code app, which features all the testing centers. Instead, she went to a hospital with a 24-hour service Thursday morning, only to find no staff and a line that stretched on for over 100 meters. So many issues need to be fixed,” Zhang said. Chinese microblogging platform Weibo also featured complaints with the stations. “It’s been very hot recently, several people passed out when standing (in line),” one Weibo user wrote. “I visited five sites but each had long queues. This is not really humane enough. Don’t these mobile kiosks cause more people to gather?” another Weibo user wrote. Fifty-point plan to revive Shanghai economy A fifty-point plan has also been drawn up to support Shanghai’s economy, crippled in the wake of closures, quarantines, and lockdowns. New measures include reducing taxes for car buyers, speeding up the issuance of local government bonds, and fast-tracked approval of building projects. Drivers who also switch to an electric vehicle will also be able to claim a $1500 subsidy. Businesses may also be able to delay insurance and rent payments, with subsidies available for utility charges. Image Credits: Appriseug/Twitter , DA Trade Market Securities/Twitter , Don Weinland/Twitter. Eight Countries Compete to Host African Medicines Agency at Crucial African Union Meeting 02/06/2022 Paul Adepoju AMA headquarters host country is expected to be named at the end of an ongoing meeting in Addis Ababa A meeting to decide which African country will be the host country for the African Medicines Agency (AMA) is underway and at the last count, expressions of interest in hosting the agency have been received from Uganda, Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Rwanda, Tanzania, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. The decision is expected to be one of the outcomes at the ongoing first Ordinary session of the Conference of State Parties (CoSP) of the AMA, in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia from 1 to 3 June 2022. The CoSP is reviewing the AMA assessment report and at the end of their meeting, it will make recommendations on the host country of the AMA Headquarters. A final decision on this recommendation will be made at the next assembly of the African Union. Uganda is one of the countries vying to host the AMA Headquarters and the country’s delegation to the CoSP meeting is led by the country’s Minister of Health, Dr Jane Aceng, and Dr Diana Atwine, a Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Health. Zimbabwe’s team is a four-member delegation led by the country’s Health and Child Care deputy Minister, Dr John Mangwiro. Sierra Leone is also attending the session led by Minister of Health and Sanitation Dr Austin Demby. In his remark at the official launch of the Africa CDC’s Ministerial Executive Leadership Program (MELP), Dr John Nkengasong, Africa CDC’s outgoing Director General confirmed the CoSP’s outcome would play a critical role in deciding the future of the agency. “The launch of the AMA is really another landmark initiative of the African Union as part of the Agenda 63. I can’t wait to hear the outcome of the deliberations. It’s going to be transformational when the AMA and we are truly excited with that,” Nkengasong said. The three-day ministerial meeting will deliberate on the priorities and next steps to establish the AMA. From Geneva to Addis Ababa At last week’s World Health Assembly, Amref Health Africa’s Desta Lakew, on behalf of the African Medicines Agency Treaty Alliance (AMATA) described AMA as an initiative of the African Union aimed at strengthening the regulatory environment to guarantee access to quality, safe and efficacious medicines, medical products, and technologies on the continent. Countries that have signed the treaty, according to AMATA, are Algeria, Benin, Chad, Ghana, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Rwanda, Saharawi Arab Democratic Republic, Senegal, and Tunisia. But about four years after the AU Assembly adopted the AMA Treaty, Lakew noted that some Member States still haven’t given it the authority to fulfill its mandate. “The increased risk of disease outbreaks in the region and globally has made access to medical products a priority. Trade in locally produced medical products, including Personal Protective Equipment, across African countries will be hampered if we do not have a harmonized regulatory environment,” Lakew told WHA 75. At the CoSP meeting, the AU called on all member states to sign the Treaty to see improved regulation and easy flow of medical products and technologies, are expected to be reechoed. Lakew described the call as an urgent matter “for the sake of ensuring that there is equitable access to quality, safe, efficacious medicines and technologies for a healthy Africa”. Last month, Health Policy Watch reported Kenya was preparing to join the AMA alongside thirty-one other African Union member states following the Kenyan cabinet’s decision to approve the ratification of the African Union Treaty. See more about the African Medicines Agency on our special AMA Countdown page: African Medicines Agency Countdown Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Shanghai Lockdown is Finally Relaxed But Stringent Testing Still Required 02/06/2022 Raisa Santos Shanghai eased its lockdown restrictions 1 June 2022, following continuous low cases reported. Sixty five days after one of the toughest lockdowns in the world, China has eased COVID-19 restrictions on its financial hub, Shanghai, on Wednesday – finally allowing the majority of its 25 million residents to move freely again. However, at least 890,000 residents are confined at home, in “quarantine” or “control zones”. The announcement to lift restrictions came as official figures showed on Sunday that daily new coronavirus cases fell from 170 to 122 in a 24-hour period. The city reported just 13 cases for Wednesday, and an additional 7 cases on Thursday. This is a marked turnaround from the beginning of April, when tens of thousands of cases were reported daily. “This is a day that we dreamed of for a very long time,” Shanghai government spokeswoman Yin Xin told the BBC. China to maintain ‘zero tolerance’ policy Shanghai residents will be required to hold a negative nucleic acid test result taken within 72 hours of entering public spaces or using public transportation from June But while China seems to have moved into the clear with COVID, the country is keen to maintain its “zero tolerance” policy, and is already preparing for future waves. Beijing municipal officials said Thursday that 12 of its planned 14 ‘transition hubs’ will be used to test and disinfect all imported frozen food before goods are distributed across the city. This follows China’s contention that frozen food could transmit COVID-19 in while the World Health Organization’s independent panel on the virus’s origins favour an unknown animal vector as the most likely cause, while others have pointed to laboratory accident for the spread of the coronavirus first found in bats in China. Tens of thousands of testing booths will also be set up across China’s largest cities, including Beijing, Shanghai, and technological hub Shenzhen, to require testing as often as every 48 hours. New rules in Shanghai will now require residents to show a green health code on their smartphone, with proof of a negative PCR test in the last 72 hours, to leave their residential compounds and enter most places, including banks, malls, and public transportation. However, cinemas, museums, and gyms remain closed, as well as in-person schooling. Restrictions on leaving the city still remain, with anyone traveling to another city facing a quarantine of seven to 14 days upon return. Beijing also lifted its restrictions earlier this week, following similar protocol with some of its public transportation system, malls, and other venues opening up. Shanghai testing centers tested by overcapacity and staff shortages Shanghai testing center Shanghai’s 72-hour rule has tested the capacity of its testing centers, as crowds flocked to the 15,000 stations. While some said their test took only a matter of minutes, others complained that they had to wait over an hour to test. Many testing booths are only open for about three hours each in the morning and afternoon, although some hospitals offer a 24-hour service. Shanghai resident Zhang Zehong told Sixth Tone that she was unable to test Wednesday as the station in her neighborhood closed two hours earlier than shown on the city’s health code app, which features all the testing centers. Instead, she went to a hospital with a 24-hour service Thursday morning, only to find no staff and a line that stretched on for over 100 meters. So many issues need to be fixed,” Zhang said. Chinese microblogging platform Weibo also featured complaints with the stations. “It’s been very hot recently, several people passed out when standing (in line),” one Weibo user wrote. “I visited five sites but each had long queues. This is not really humane enough. Don’t these mobile kiosks cause more people to gather?” another Weibo user wrote. Fifty-point plan to revive Shanghai economy A fifty-point plan has also been drawn up to support Shanghai’s economy, crippled in the wake of closures, quarantines, and lockdowns. New measures include reducing taxes for car buyers, speeding up the issuance of local government bonds, and fast-tracked approval of building projects. Drivers who also switch to an electric vehicle will also be able to claim a $1500 subsidy. Businesses may also be able to delay insurance and rent payments, with subsidies available for utility charges. Image Credits: Appriseug/Twitter , DA Trade Market Securities/Twitter , Don Weinland/Twitter. Eight Countries Compete to Host African Medicines Agency at Crucial African Union Meeting 02/06/2022 Paul Adepoju AMA headquarters host country is expected to be named at the end of an ongoing meeting in Addis Ababa A meeting to decide which African country will be the host country for the African Medicines Agency (AMA) is underway and at the last count, expressions of interest in hosting the agency have been received from Uganda, Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Rwanda, Tanzania, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. The decision is expected to be one of the outcomes at the ongoing first Ordinary session of the Conference of State Parties (CoSP) of the AMA, in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia from 1 to 3 June 2022. The CoSP is reviewing the AMA assessment report and at the end of their meeting, it will make recommendations on the host country of the AMA Headquarters. A final decision on this recommendation will be made at the next assembly of the African Union. Uganda is one of the countries vying to host the AMA Headquarters and the country’s delegation to the CoSP meeting is led by the country’s Minister of Health, Dr Jane Aceng, and Dr Diana Atwine, a Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Health. Zimbabwe’s team is a four-member delegation led by the country’s Health and Child Care deputy Minister, Dr John Mangwiro. Sierra Leone is also attending the session led by Minister of Health and Sanitation Dr Austin Demby. In his remark at the official launch of the Africa CDC’s Ministerial Executive Leadership Program (MELP), Dr John Nkengasong, Africa CDC’s outgoing Director General confirmed the CoSP’s outcome would play a critical role in deciding the future of the agency. “The launch of the AMA is really another landmark initiative of the African Union as part of the Agenda 63. I can’t wait to hear the outcome of the deliberations. It’s going to be transformational when the AMA and we are truly excited with that,” Nkengasong said. The three-day ministerial meeting will deliberate on the priorities and next steps to establish the AMA. From Geneva to Addis Ababa At last week’s World Health Assembly, Amref Health Africa’s Desta Lakew, on behalf of the African Medicines Agency Treaty Alliance (AMATA) described AMA as an initiative of the African Union aimed at strengthening the regulatory environment to guarantee access to quality, safe and efficacious medicines, medical products, and technologies on the continent. Countries that have signed the treaty, according to AMATA, are Algeria, Benin, Chad, Ghana, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Rwanda, Saharawi Arab Democratic Republic, Senegal, and Tunisia. But about four years after the AU Assembly adopted the AMA Treaty, Lakew noted that some Member States still haven’t given it the authority to fulfill its mandate. “The increased risk of disease outbreaks in the region and globally has made access to medical products a priority. Trade in locally produced medical products, including Personal Protective Equipment, across African countries will be hampered if we do not have a harmonized regulatory environment,” Lakew told WHA 75. At the CoSP meeting, the AU called on all member states to sign the Treaty to see improved regulation and easy flow of medical products and technologies, are expected to be reechoed. Lakew described the call as an urgent matter “for the sake of ensuring that there is equitable access to quality, safe, efficacious medicines and technologies for a healthy Africa”. Last month, Health Policy Watch reported Kenya was preparing to join the AMA alongside thirty-one other African Union member states following the Kenyan cabinet’s decision to approve the ratification of the African Union Treaty. See more about the African Medicines Agency on our special AMA Countdown page: African Medicines Agency Countdown Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Eight Countries Compete to Host African Medicines Agency at Crucial African Union Meeting 02/06/2022 Paul Adepoju AMA headquarters host country is expected to be named at the end of an ongoing meeting in Addis Ababa A meeting to decide which African country will be the host country for the African Medicines Agency (AMA) is underway and at the last count, expressions of interest in hosting the agency have been received from Uganda, Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Rwanda, Tanzania, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. The decision is expected to be one of the outcomes at the ongoing first Ordinary session of the Conference of State Parties (CoSP) of the AMA, in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia from 1 to 3 June 2022. The CoSP is reviewing the AMA assessment report and at the end of their meeting, it will make recommendations on the host country of the AMA Headquarters. A final decision on this recommendation will be made at the next assembly of the African Union. Uganda is one of the countries vying to host the AMA Headquarters and the country’s delegation to the CoSP meeting is led by the country’s Minister of Health, Dr Jane Aceng, and Dr Diana Atwine, a Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Health. Zimbabwe’s team is a four-member delegation led by the country’s Health and Child Care deputy Minister, Dr John Mangwiro. Sierra Leone is also attending the session led by Minister of Health and Sanitation Dr Austin Demby. In his remark at the official launch of the Africa CDC’s Ministerial Executive Leadership Program (MELP), Dr John Nkengasong, Africa CDC’s outgoing Director General confirmed the CoSP’s outcome would play a critical role in deciding the future of the agency. “The launch of the AMA is really another landmark initiative of the African Union as part of the Agenda 63. I can’t wait to hear the outcome of the deliberations. It’s going to be transformational when the AMA and we are truly excited with that,” Nkengasong said. The three-day ministerial meeting will deliberate on the priorities and next steps to establish the AMA. From Geneva to Addis Ababa At last week’s World Health Assembly, Amref Health Africa’s Desta Lakew, on behalf of the African Medicines Agency Treaty Alliance (AMATA) described AMA as an initiative of the African Union aimed at strengthening the regulatory environment to guarantee access to quality, safe and efficacious medicines, medical products, and technologies on the continent. Countries that have signed the treaty, according to AMATA, are Algeria, Benin, Chad, Ghana, Madagascar, Mali, Morocco, Rwanda, Saharawi Arab Democratic Republic, Senegal, and Tunisia. But about four years after the AU Assembly adopted the AMA Treaty, Lakew noted that some Member States still haven’t given it the authority to fulfill its mandate. “The increased risk of disease outbreaks in the region and globally has made access to medical products a priority. Trade in locally produced medical products, including Personal Protective Equipment, across African countries will be hampered if we do not have a harmonized regulatory environment,” Lakew told WHA 75. At the CoSP meeting, the AU called on all member states to sign the Treaty to see improved regulation and easy flow of medical products and technologies, are expected to be reechoed. Lakew described the call as an urgent matter “for the sake of ensuring that there is equitable access to quality, safe, efficacious medicines and technologies for a healthy Africa”. Last month, Health Policy Watch reported Kenya was preparing to join the AMA alongside thirty-one other African Union member states following the Kenyan cabinet’s decision to approve the ratification of the African Union Treaty. See more about the African Medicines Agency on our special AMA Countdown page: African Medicines Agency Countdown Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Sex, War, Sustainability and the World Health Assembly – Last Week in Review 02/06/2022 Elaine Ruth Fletcher 75th World Health Assembly Health and peace, sex and war, money and management. Whether in chorus or cacophony – last week’s World Health Assembly of WHO member states played most of the notes in the symphony of global debate over strategies to tackle disease, epidemics and pandemics and bolster health systems. But the root causes of emerging disease threats – in modern environmental health threats and nature gone awry remained under-represented themes. From the opening notes of the WHA, on a health for peace theme, to Saturday’s late night closing and end-run charges over language on sexual orientation – this year’s WHA was a seesaw of successes and setbacks. Highs included the consensus vote Tuesday to increase member states contributions to WHO, followed by a resolution Friday to move ahead on the first real reforms to the International Health Regulations in almost 20 years. And at the same time, unprecedented polarization was evident during Thursday’s debate over a resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which won approval by a vote of 88 to 12. That was followed by the dispute that emerged Friday and continued until nearly midnight Saturday over references to terms such as “sexual rights” and “men who have sex with men” (MSM) in a WHO strategy on HIV, hepatitis-B and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). That, too, was resolved only by a painful series of rollcall votes, leading to the strategy’s passage by just 60 member states, with twice as many delegates absent or abstaining. Like a bullet train ride Dr Hiroki Nakatani joins in the applause for the resolution’s passage on HIV, Hepatitis B and STIs Dr Hiroki Nakatani, who presided over the committee that faced the thorny final hours of WHA dealing with the clash among nations over sexual health terms that HIV professionals regard as the standard usage, compared this year’s WHA session to a ride on a bullet train. “The train ride was sometimes bumpy but we arrived at our destination,” he said of the first Assembly to be held in person in several years because of the pandemic. Perhaps so, even more so than the war in Ukraine, the exceptionally large number of abstentions in the vote on a new HIV, Hepatitis and STI strategy was a bitter pill to swallow for delegates on both sides of the debate. It highlighted the fact that the battles still being waged in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Africa over the control of territory are not the only big issues dividing member states. Fissures over social norms shape and guide public health policies run just as deep. Sex & War – Global social divide as deep as territorial conflicts And among those norms, there remains a deep divide around health policies that interface with human sexuality – that other primordial urge that co-exists alongside the urge for power and territory. For WHA delegates, in fact, the series of votes Saturday over sexual terminology may have been even more unsettling than the votes over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine – precisely because they sit in Ministries of Health, not Defence, with day-to-day responsibility for designing and implementing policies on HIV and other STIs. As with the Ukraine conflict, the divide that emerged, however, was not strictly drawn along the lines of global North and South. Saudi delegate in heated WHA debate Saturday over sexual rights and terminology Rather, it was the oil-rich Saudi Arabia that led the charge in the quest to purge references to men who have sex with men from the strategy on HIV treatment, followed by emerging economies of Asia and Africa where conservative views about sexual expression are often protected by law as well as custom. Against that, was Europe, North America, much of Latin America and high-income Asia- where more new attitudes about gender identity and LGBTI terminology have taken root over the past few decades. There were also exceptions, such as South Africa, which voted in favour of the HIV strategy. And European Serbia abstained from the vote as did the Russian Federation. Respect for culture, versus respect for evidence In the aftermath, the abstaining countries pleaded for more understanding of norms guided by tradition and culture. Western delegates, meanwhile, referred to the compass of science – whereby recent research has revealed how oft-marginalized MSM groups often fall through the cracks of programmes for HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis and treatment. “We appreciate those member states acted in good faith as part of these deliberations. Unfortunately this has served as a painful reminder of the need to reinforce our focus on evidence, human dignity and decency,” said US Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health Loyce Pace just after the strategy was approved. Loyce Pace, Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA “[But] we should not need to hold a vote on the existence of entire communities of people,” she added. “We have a strategy on critically important global health issues, yes. But at what cost to those we risk leaving behind? “So to gay, lesbian, bisexual, queer, intersex, transgender and gender non-conforming people around the world, the United States government sees you, and will continue to support you. Stay strong.” (Right) Denmark’s EB representative, Søren Brostrøm, Director-General, Danish Health Authority, at the WHO Executive Board meeting 30 May, (left) Loyce Pace Assistant Secretary of State for Global Health, USA Reviewing the issue at Monday’s Executive Board meeting, member states on both sides of the divide expressed concerns over the failure of the WHA to find consensus over such a flagship health strategy – and the “dangerous precedent” that the voting set. “It is important that this does not set a precedent for consideration and adoption of technical documents by the Health Assembly,” said Dr Edwin Dikoloti, Botswana’s Minister of Health and Wellness, speaking on behalf of the African group, saying that greater efforts need to be made to find consensus in future WHAs over such controversial issues. Money – landmark decision on WHO finance – but not a ‘done deal’ Members of the WHO Working Group on Sustainable Finance hammer out the final agreement on increasing member state contributions, Germany’s Björn Kümmel on far left. The holy grail of consensus was restored in other key moments – including around the WHA resolution to increase regular member state contributions to WHO – in a bid to stabilize the agency’s finances The agreement, the fruit of months of grinding backroom diplomacy led by Germany, saw member states commit to increase annual assessments to cover 50% of WHO’s core budget by the end of the decade. However, each stepwise increase up until 2030 will still need endorsement at future WHAs to go forward. And so the vote should not be seen as a blank check either, a senior official in the Department of Health and Human Services, told Health Policy Watch. “I would say that the US, as a big contributor to the WHO, is definitely committed to that [resolution], and we were very happy to join the consensus,” the official said. “But I hope it’s also been clear that that is not a done deal and neither for us as the administration or for Congress.” According to the resolution, final approval of each year’s increase is contingent on progress in WHO internal reforms that are supposed to make the organization more transparent, efficient and well-managed. Those demands include overhaul of WHO’s budget management system, said the senior US official: “The budgets that are adopted by the Health Assembly are not real budgets. They’re just budget space. And creating budgets that are aspirational is very different from programming and reporting on and demonstrating the impact of real budgets.” Management – following election Tedros faces new demands Applause just after WHA re-elects Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus to serve a second five-year term as Director-General of the World Health Organization on 24 May. He ran un-opposed. But the expectations go beyond budget reform, pressing newly re-elected Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus for changes in WHO’s management culture, including more merit-based appointments of senior WHO staff, such as those serving as heads of WHO country offices, and structural reforms in WHO’s internal justice system. “I think, from our perspective…. there’s a very significant culture change… that needs to happen within the organization,” the official told Health Policy Watch. Further related to that, are demands for a “full resolution” of the ongoing investigation of the cases of sexual harassment and abuse of women in the Democratic Republic of Congo by WHO staff and consultants, whose progress also was reviewed at last week’s WHA and Monday’s EB. Justice – WHO internal justice system lacks independence While the revelations of the DRC sex abuse scandal, which first came to light in 2020, and whose perpetrators have yet to be fully prosecuted, highlight failures of WHO internal justice to date, they also are evidence of a broader and more systematic problem, some WHO insiders maintain. One key problem, highlighted in multiple interviews with both past and present WHO staff, is the fact that WHO’s Internal Oversight Office (IOS) – the legal mechanism that manages staff and management complaints – is housed in the Director-General’s Office and effectively controlled by the Director General himself – rather than at arms length. Politically influential managers or staff with the ear of the DG, may receive different treatment than staff who do not, critics say. The flaws in the current process featured in a WHO Staff Association letter to Monday’s Executive Board. The Staff Association demanded that the WHO Global Board of Appeals, the three-member body that hears cases, and recommends disciplinary action to the Director General, be expanded and also include staff-appointed representatives. “The panel of the Global Board of Appeal (GBA) should have five-members,” stated the Staff Association. “A three-member panel – the current practice – is simply not reassuring staff that GBA deliberations are sufficiently robust,” the Staff Association letter stated.“Furthermore, the staff representatives on each of the GBA panels should be selected by the respective staff association rather than selected by the GBA Chair or Deputy-Chair.” The net result of the current system is that – short of a costly and lengthy appeal to the International Labour Organization – disciplinary cases are heard by a GBA board appointed by senior managers who report directly to Tedros, who also decides on the final outcome of the cases. Dr Boubacar Diallo with WHO Director-General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and then-WHO Emergency Response Team leader, Dr Michel Yao in DRC in June 2019; Diallo was among those accused of harassment and Yao was alleged to have ignored those and other reports. With regards to the DRC cases, allegations that high-ranking WHO managers or consultants with ties to Tedros may have turned a blind eye to the reports of abuses going on in the field, have never been publicly resolved. But the concerns extend beyond sexual harrassement, to the need to foster an institutional culture of professionalism free of political interference, critics also say, pointing to other episodes like the suppression of a 2020 WHO report on Italty’s pandemic response, which criticized another senior WHO advisor to Tedros. From a sustainable budget a sustainable planet? While WHO’s financial sustainability received considerable attention at this year’s WHA, there was comparatively little debate on the planet’s sustainability crisis – and how that may be fueling a cascading array of health impacts – from more noncommunicable diseases to emerging outbreaks, such as SARS-CoV2 and more recently a worldwide surge in monkeypox. A new roadmap to accelerate work on noncommunicable diseases fails to give more than a nod to air pollution as one of the leading causes of NCDs – responsible for some 7 million deaths a year from cancers, cardiovascular and lung diseases every year. And that doesn’t even include risks from chemicals exposures that make the total estimate of deaths from pollution closer to 9 million annually, according to a new Lancet Planetary Health Report released on 18 May. Deaths attributable to key “modern” and “traditional” pollution sources for which data is available In a debate over an NCD roadmap that aims to slash NCD risks by one third by 2030, France, speaking on behalf of some European Union member states,called for a more “integrated” approach that includes environmental health and climate change. So far, such approaches have been slow in coming. Despite the rhetoric about air pollution being a leading risk factor for NCDs, there are, as yet, no WHO “Best Buys” for environmental strategies that reduce deadly pollution risks – even if measures like clean public transport and compact cities, built around cycling and walking networks, are regarded by urban planners and transport managers as evidence-based solutions that have a record of demonstrated results. ‘One Health’ and food safety – some new approaches Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). On the brigher side, a new WHO Global Strategy for Food Safety was approved by member states. For the first time ever, the strategy makes reference, at least in passing, to the need for a “One Health approach when addressing health risks emerging at the human-animal-ecosystems interface.” A companion decision asks WHO to also update its guidance on Reducing public health risks associated with the sale of live wild animals of mammalian species in traditional food markets. Such guidance emerges out of the SARS-CoV2 pandemic, where peoples’ exposure to SARS-CoV2 infected animals in the Wuhan, China live animal market is considered to be one of the most plausible routes by which SARS-CoV2 initially leaped from animal to human populations in Wuhan, China during 2019. But the caging and slaughter of live, wild animals in areas heavily trafficked by customers are practices common in thousands of traditional markets in Asia and Southeast Asia, as well as parts of Africa, leading to further risks of human exposure to pathogens the animals may harbour. Not nearly enough action to stop pandemics at source The unsafe handling of live animals that are sold for slaughter at traditional markets can risk the spread of foodborne and infectious diseases. Such “One Health” issues need far more deliberate and systematic WHO and member state attention than the nod that they have so far, a growing chorus of “Ecohealth” experts say. In a little-noticed press release issued during WHA, Dr Nigel Sizer, executive director of the consortium Preventing Pandemics at the Source called upon the WHA to do more to address ecosystem risks upstream that increase “spillover risks” of pathogen leap from animal to human populations: “Such actions include shutting down or strictly regulating wildlife trade and markets, stopping deforestation and forest degradation, and providing better health to communities in emerging infectious disease hotspots, as well as strengthened veterinary care and biosecurity in animal husbandry,” said Sizer, an internationally known conservationist, in his statement. “Overall throughout the WHA process and in the preparations for negotiation of a possible global instrument on pandemic prevention and preparedness there has been remarkably little attention given to true pandemic prevention,” Sizer later told Health Policy Watch. “We know where most pandemics come from and we know how to reduce the risk of zoonotic spillover of the vruses that cause them,” he added. “Governments in general and health agencies in particular should embrace these approaches, including One Health efforts. They should also work much more closely with environmental agencies to address spillover risk from tropical deforestation, wildlife exploitation and trade, and intensive animal agriculture. The public health return on investment in such activities would be enormous.” Health and Environment: WHO structures preserve a deep divide Researcher explores evidence around the wildlife-trade- pandemic nexus (Wildlife Conservation Society) There are parallel calls to better incorporate such concerns into any future “pandemic instrument” intended to have a broader scope than the International Health Regulations, and to be the focus of intense negotiations by a WHA Intergovernmental Board (INB) in coming months. However, the yawning chasm environmental groups encounter in trying to to interact with WHO and WHO member states over environmental health and One Health concerns, can sometimes appear as wide as the divide between member states on the terms around sexual health. “It has been exceedingly difficult to engage with the WHA or with the intergovernmental negotiating body’s (INB) process to draft and negotiate a new pandemic instrument,” Christine Franklin, of the Wildlife Conservation Society, another member of the Preventing Pandemics coalition, told Health Policy Watch. The club of non-state actors in ‘official relations’ “Only non-State actors in official relations with the WHO are invited to engage with the WHA,” she remarked. That status of ‘official relations’ not only allows civil society groups the privilege of expounding on their positions at the annual World Health Assembly, it gives them access to lengthy and detailed informal member state consultations and intergovernmental negotiating sessions that are closed to the general public and the media. Some 220 civil society actors hold that coveted status, mostly mainstream medical and health societies as well as pharma groups, but also agro-business foundations, such as CropLife International, as well as the outliers like the World Plumbing Council. A review by Health Policy Watch found nary an environmental or eco-health group on the list, as of February 2022. “So even though Wildlife Conservation Society has been working across the globe for more than 125 years; is the only international conservation organization with an embedded health program, works on the ground in more than 60 countries; and our health program is recognized as a One Health founder and a leader at the nexus of health and the environment, the INB’s public hearing has been the only opportunity we have had to provide input,” Franklin lamented. “Oral testimonies were limited to two minutes and written statements restricted to 250 words. In fact, there are no organizations from the conservation or environment communities in official relations with the WHO and the process to gain status is complex and lengthy.” Image Credits: Germany's UN Mission in Geneva , WHO, Lancet Planetary Health, Nature , Pierce Mill Media, Wildlife Conservation Society . Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
Doubling of Monkeypox Cases Outside of Endemic Countries Raises New Alarm Bells at WHO 01/06/2022 Raisa Santos & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Monkeypox lesions In just a matter of three days, the number of monkeypox cases reported to WHO outside of central and west Africa has doubled – with reports Wednesday of some 550 cases in more than 30 countries outside of the countries where the disease is endemic, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told a press briefing on Wednesday. That, as compared to reports of 257 cases outside of Africa, as of Sunday, 30 May. The ‘sudden appearance’ of monkeypox in so many non-endemic countries is prompting new concerns that it could spread to more “vulnerable populations” in countries where it has suddenly emerged, including pregnant women and children, added WHO’s Maria Van Kerkhove, Health Emergencies technical lead. WHO Briefing, 1 June 2022 “Investigations are ongoing, but the sudden appearance of monkeypox in many countries at the same time suggests there may have been undetected transmission for some time,” said WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus during a press briefing Wednesday. “WHO’s priority now is to first provide accurate information to those groups most at risk, and second to prevent further spread among at-risk groups, to advance our understanding of monkeypox.” WHO is organizing two R&D meetings of experts on Thursday and Friday of this week, to further discuss monkeypox and understand the current surge in cases. Ecological pressures prompting rapid disease emergence Gambian pouched rat – rodents are a common animal reservoir for monkeypox Monkeypox has long circulated in 12 countries of central and western Africa, with a rising incidence over time. Disease prevalence is highest in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which has reported several thousand cases a year, and where the monkeypox clade, or variant, in circulation is more deadly. The disease has been reported to have mortality rates of up to 10% in the DRC. Noone has yet reported to have died from the outbreak that has occurred abroad recently – which has been traced to the milder West African clade. Cases of monkeypox in endemic countries between 15 December 2021 to 1 May 2022 Increased circulation of the disease in Africa in recent years has been linked to deforestation – which put wild animals in closer contact with humans, as well as increased agro-food storage, and consequent infestation of food containers by infected rats. Additionally, human travelers as well as the trade in exotic animals has been linked to the appearance of some cases overseas in the past. But the appearance of so many cases abroad is a new phenomenon, where community transmission is now occurring, including among networks of men who have sex with men, WHO said. The changes in ecosystems, trade and travel have been exacerbated by a decline in human immunity to the disease, due to the discontinuation of smallpox vaccination in the 1970s, which was protective against monkeypox as well. Ecological pressures need to be addressed Michael Ryan, WHO Executive Director, Health Emergencies Beyond the immediate health system measures needed to track and trace the spiral of increasing human cases occurring daily, more attention needs to be given to the underlying drivers, and ‘ecological pressure’ that has caused disease outbreaks to expand in size and scope,WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies Mike Ryan told the briefing. “Animals are changing their behavior, humans are changing their behavior. What we’re dealing with is a lot of ecological fragility,” said Ryan. “We’re dealing with the animal-human interface being quite unstable, and the number of times that these diseases cross into humans is increasing, [as well as] that ability to amplify the disease and move it within our communities.” But he did not elaborate on how WHO might address such drivers – beyond saying that they could be a topic of discussion at this week’s R&D meeting convened by the global health agency. Inequity of investment in monkeypox in Europe versus Africa already apparent The current outbreak also highlights once more, the boomerang effect of inequitable investments in health systems and disease control in Africa, where monkeypox has been circulating for decades in countries that lack the tools to track and tackle such infections, Ryan said. “There are thousands and thousands of cases of monkeypox every year in Africa, and there are deaths every year….. And now, we have a concern about this disease spreading in Europe, but I certainly haven’t heard that same level of concern over the last five or ten years.” “Are we in a position to collectively respond? Are we in a position to share resources in order to stop transmission of these diseases within human communities?,” Ryan asked. Already, countries such as the United Kingdom have vaccinated more than 1,000 people at risk of contracting the virus, and the European Union is in discussions to buy smallpox vaccines from Bavarian Nordic, the only maker of the vaccine licensed in Europe, according to media reports. Smallpox vaccines are estimated to be about 85% effective against monkeypox, which is in the same orthopox family of viruses – but there have been no such vaccination campaigns in monkeypox hotspots such as DRC for decades. “It’s a bit uncomfortable that we have a different attitude to the kinds of resources we deploy depending on where cases are,” said Dr Jimmy Whittworth, of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, speaking to the Associated Press. “It exposes a moral failing when those interventions aren’t available for the millions of people in Africa who need them.” Stigma against disease may prevent care, increase transmission Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General Meanwhile, WHO’s Tedros urged people to fight against stigma associated with the transmission of monkeypox in networks of men who have sex with men (MSM) – and underlined that the disease can be transmitted in a range of ways. Those include through contact with: infected saliva and mouth lesions, bedding as well as transmission of pregnant women to their unborn children through the placenta, according to a WHO seminar on the issue Tuesday. Tedros said that MSM advocacy groups “are working hard to inform [members of their community] about the risks of monkeypox and prevent transmission. But all of us must work hard to fight stigma, which is not just wrong. It could also prevent infected individuals from seeking care, making it harder to stop transmission.” “Anyone can be infected with monkeypox if they have close physical contact with someone else who was infected,” he said. The virus was first identified in 1958 in a colony of captive African research monkeys. The first human case was identified in the DRC in 1970, during the period of smallpox elimination campaigns. Even before the current outbreak, there have been limited waves of cases reported in non-endemic countries through channels such as the export of exotic animals, such as infected mice, squirrels, and rats, from Ghana to the United States in 2003, as well as by infected travelers. Misinformation campaign to target monkeypox Maria van Kerkhove, WHO Technical Lead on COVID-19 WHO is also mounting a campaign on disinformation about the disease, said Gabby Stern, WHO Communications Director. WHO is currently working with both social media companies and tech companies, urging them to filter out the misinformation and push out accurate information through their channels and platforms, said She said that misinformation and disinformation was a ‘major priority’ for both WHO and the United Nations. “Misinformation kills, just as these viruses kill, misinformation kills as well,” added Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO technical Lead on COVID-19. “This remains a constant challenge, not only COVID-19 across the entire spectrum of interventions and the response that we have. It’s the attacks on science that undermine the effectiveness of our countermeasures.” Image Credits: Tessa Davis/Twitter , Laëtitia Dudous, WHO, Disease Outbreak News, 21 May 2022 . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts